北京四中高考第一轮复习英语各科高频语法专项练习

这是一份北京四中高考第一轮复习英语各科高频语法专项练习，共16页。
Ⅰ.限制性定语从句
i.关系代词that, wh
1. that, wh用来指人,在从句中用作主语或宾语，可互换使用: that也可用来指物,但不能
用wh指物。
2.关系代词wh, that 在从句中作宾语时.常可省略。
3.关系代词在从句中作主语时,从句谓语与先行词在人称和数上保持一致。
4.一般说来,人们倾向于用wh指人，用that指物，尤其在口语中。
专项练习
( ) 1. . The six blind men asked tr mney frm peple by.
passed B. wh passed C. wh were passed D. wh passing
( ) 2. Mr. Brwn is the very persn ; can help Us t如slve the prblem.
which B. whm C. that D.f whm
( ) 3: Ms. Chancery is the teacher .
A. Hike her best B.l like best
C. that l like her best D. whm like best
( ) 4: The years and mnths we spent tgether are really wnderful t us all.
When B. n which C. in which D. that
( ) 5. The wman was Jhn's wife
A.l spke t her B. Whm I spke t her
C. that l spke D.l spke t
ii.关系代词which, that
which, that 都可以指物,在从句中用作主语或宾语时可以互换使用;指人可用that,但不能用which。
专项练习
( ) 1. Is this bk_ _yu wanted t brrw last time?
which B. that C. the ne D./
( ) 2. Is this the calculatr yu brrwed frm Jane?
ne B. the ne what C. the ne that D. which
( ) 3. Can yu tell me the name f the museum yu visited last mnth?
what B. where C. that D. when
( ) 4. He made anther wnderful discvery, f great imprtance t science.
A. which I think it is B. which I think is C. which I think it D. I think which
( ) 5. They shwed us arund the factry was equipped with mdern machines.
A. where B. what C. in which D. which
( ) 6. Have yu ever asked him the reasn may explain his absence?
why B. when C. that D. what
( ) 7. This is the TV statin we visited last year.
A. where B. That C. t which D. in which
( ) 8. Are yu pleased with I have said?
A. that B. all that C. all what D. all which
iii.关系代词whm, whse
1. whm, whse指人，whm是wh的宾格, whse是所有格,分别在从句中作宾语和定语。2. whm 在非正式文体中可省略,也可用that或wh代替。3.whse是wh和which的所有格,可指人，也可指物或动物。
4.当whse用来指物时, whse+名词= the+名词+ f which/f which+ the+名词，常作主
语(如专项练习4)。
5.当whse用来指人时, whse+名词= the+名词+ f whm/f whm+ the+名词，常作主
语(如专项练习5)。
6.此外,whse+名词可作介词的宾语(如专项练习1、6),也可作动词的宾语(如专项练
习3)。
专项练习
( ) 1. In the plice statin 1 saw the man frm
A. whm B. which C. that D.whse
( )2.Chapin， mney is nw n prblem, will start a new film cmpany with his friends.
whse B. which C. fr whm D. wh
( )3.It was a meeting imprtance I didn't realize at that time.
A.which B. f which C. that D. whse
( ) 4. The classrm face suth is urs.
" whse windw B. whse windws C. which windw D. that windw
( ) 5. This bk is specially written fr the students native language is nt English.
wh's B. that C. their D. whse
( ) 6. The driver was the man she had stlen the maps.
A. frm whse rm B. frm whm rm C. in which rm D. f whm rm
iv.关系代词which, whm
1.which,whm在从句中作介词的宾语。
2.介词一般放在which, whm之前,也可以放在从句的原位。若是从句中的谓语是含有介
词的动词短语，则介词只能放在原来的位置上,介词不能提前，固定动词短语--般不拆分。
3. that 在从句中可代替wh, whm, which, 用来指人或物。但是,当介词前置时，指人只能用
whm,不能用wh/ that,指物只能用which,不能用that。而且, whm或which不能省略。
4介词不能前置时,口语中或非正式文体中,在从句中作介词宾语的关系代词常常可省略。
5.which有时候也可以在定语从句中作定语,即“which+名司”,这样的名词短语在定语从句中既能作主语,又能作前置介词的宾语,如during which time, in which case, fr which reasn等,如专项练习6、7、10;同时还能做动词的宾语(如专项练习8)。
专项练习
( ) 1. American wmen usually identify their best friend as smene they can talk frequently.
wh B. as C. abut which D. with whm
( ) 2. My glasses, l was like a blind man, fell t the grund and brke.
A. which B. with which C. withut which D. that
( ) 3. A harvester is a machine we harvest crps r a persn is harvesting.
which; wh B. that; that C. with which; wh D. /; that
( ) 4. The huse there is a big tree was built mre than 1,000 years ag.
A. which B. that C. in the frnt f which D. in frnt f which
( ) 5. They will give yu sme desks and chairs yu can furnish the rm.
which B. t which C. with thse D. with Which
( ) 6. My sister spent five years at university she studied medicine.
during which time B. during that time
C. during which D. during that
( ) 7. Five years f life in prisn changed him greatly, fr she culd hardly recgnize him at first sight.
which B，which reasn C. that D. that reasn
( ) 8. We tld him t see the dctr, he tk.
it B. that C. which advice D. that advice
( )9.He may cme, I'll ask him.
A. which B. in which C. in which case D. which case
( ) 10. This frm f land taking was characteristic f Wales rather than England, the main settlement was ver the lw mrlands f Crnwall.
in which B. in which cuntry C. which cuntry D. which
v. that, which, wh引导限制性定语从句时的用法区别
1.当先行词是指物的不定代词如all, much, little, everything, nthing, sme, any,anything等时，只能用that引导从句，而且在从句中作宾语时常常可省略。
2.当先行词是序数词或受序数词修饰时,只能用that引导从句。
3.当先行词是最高级或受最高级修饰时,只能用that引导从句。
4.当先行词受the very, the nly, the right, just the, exactly the, n, nne, every之类的词修饰时,只能用that而不能用which, wh, whm 引导从句。
5.当先行词是既指人又指物的并列名词短语时,只能用that,而不用which引导从句。
6.当关系代词在从句中作前置介词的宾语时,用指物的which或指人的whm,而不能用
that或wh。
7.当先行词是指人的不定代词如everyne, everybdy, anyne, anybdy, nbdy等时,用
wh,而不用that引导从句。
8.当先行词是指人的指示代词thse等时，用wh/whm引导定语从句，而不用that。9.当先行词是指人的人称代词时,用wh引导定语从句，而不用that。
10.当先行词指人，但是在定语从句中表示职业或身份时,用which而不用wh。
11.当指人或物的关系代词在定语从句中作表语时,用that引导定语从句。
12.当先行词是疑问代词或主句是以wh或which开头的特殊疑问句时,为了避免重复用
that引导定语从句。
13.当定语从句在There/Here be句型中时,用that 引导定语从句。
14.如果作先行词的集体名词着眼于集体的整体,关系代词用which;若是指集体中的各个成
员,则用wh。
15.关系代词that在从句中充当主语、宾语、表语,如果先行词被最高级等修饰,但从句中缺
状语等时,就不能用that了,此时要分析从句中缺什么成分选择相应的关系词，如专项练习26。
专项练习
( ) 1. They talked fr abut an hur f things and persns they remembered in the schl.
A. Which B. That C. wh D. whm
( ) 2. Is there anything ？
A. that yu dn't understand B.which yu dn’t quite sure
C. abut which yu nt quite sure D. yu are nt sure
( ) 3. The secnd questin with pllutin is the mst difficult.
which has smething t d B. has smething t d
that has smething t d D. that has anything t d
( ) 4. This is the third week the dustmen haven't cme fr the rubbish.
that B. when C. which D. n which
( ) 5. This is the least interesting bk during my hlidays.
which I have ever read B. what I have ever read
C. I have ever read D. that I have ever read it
( ) 6. The last questin_ __was bviusly the mst difficult fr me t answer.
which he asked B. that he was asked it
C.. he asked D. he asked it
( ) 7. Alng the wall stand several bkshelves are all kinds f bks.
n that B. n which c. which D. at which
( ) 8. I will give yur daughter a ty plane she will like t play.
which B. that C. fr which D. with which
( )9.In the bag he fund a piece f paper sme special wrds.
which was written B. n that were written
C.n which were written D. n it were written
( ) 10. The inventin she spent tw years will d gd t the wrld.
which B. that . C. n which D. when
( ) 11. All the apples fell dwn were eaten by the pigs.
thse B. that C. which D. what
( ) 12. Is xygen the nly gas helps fire burn?
that : B./ c. which D. it
( ) 13. 1'll tell yu he tld me last week.
all which B. all what C. that all D. all
( )14.Did yu see the man ？
I ndded just nw B. whm I ndded just nw
C.whm I ndded t him D. whm I ndded t just nw
( ) 15. Hw d yu like the bk?
It's quite different frm I read last mnth.
that B. which C. the ne what D. the ne
( ) 16. In the dark street, there wasn’t a single persn she culd turn fr help.
t whm B. wh c. frm whm D. that
( ) 17. It is the third time arrived late this mnth.
that yu B. when yu C. when yu’ve D.that yu’ve
( ) 18. They arrived at a small huse there was an ld tree.
in frnt f which B. in the frnt f which
C. in which D. befre that
( ) 19. Can yu tell me the name f the factry yu paid a visit last weak?
what B. which C. t which D. t that
( ) 20. He shwed me the huse he was brn.
which B. in which C. in where D. in that
( ) 21. We shuld learn frm thse are always ready t help thers.
that B，whm C. they D. wh
( ) 22. His sister has becme a teacher, was what he wanted t be.
wh B. what C. that D. which
( )23.Wh has cmmn sense will d such a thing?
that B. wh C. which D. whm
( ) 24. He's nt the naughty by yu thught him t be.
that B. wh C. whm D. whse
( ) 25. Here's the pen yu left behind the ther day.
which B. that C. with which D. f which
( ) 26. This is the biggest htel I stayed last year.
that B. which C. at that D. where
vi.关系代词as
1. as既可指人也可指物,多与such, the same连用,构成, the 的结构。
2. 意为“诸类的" ,as在从句中可作主语、宾语或表语。
3. 意为"如以至于"，引导的是结果状语从句，that在从句中不作句子成分。
4. the 意为“与...相似的"也可指“与..是同一个” ,as在从句中可作主语、宾语或表语。
5. the 意为“与……同一个”,that在从句中可作主语、宾语或表语。
专项练习
( ) 1. Dn't trust such men verly praise yu t yur face.
as B. that C. wh D. which
( ) 2. I'd like t buy the same bk was read by Tm yesterday.
which B. as C. that D. B r C
( )3.That is the same man asked me fr mney yesterday.
as B. wh C. that D. A r C
( )4.She is the same girl | sat next t in class last week.
as B. wh C. that D. A r C
( ) 5. Keep away frm such things will d yu harm.
as B. that C. t which D. which
( ) 6. It wasn't such a gd dinner she had prmised us.
that B，as C. which D. what
( ) 7. He spke fr such a lng time peple began t fall asleep.
that B. as C. which D. what
( )8.He is nt such a fl he lks.
that B. as C. wh D. whm
( ) 9. It is such a difficult prblem nbdy can wrk ut.
that B. as C. s that D. which
( ) 10. Are these the same peple we saw last week?
A. as B. whm C. wh D. what
( ) 11. Why! l have nthing t cnfess. yu want me t say?
A.What is it that B，What it is that C. Hw is it that D.Hw it is that
( ) 2. Mr. Herpin is ne f the freign experts wh in China.
A.wrks B. is wrking C. are wrking D. has been wrking
( ) 3. What he wants t get frm his parents nthing but mney.
A. are B. is C. was D. were
( ) 4. The family wh upstairs all mdel wrkers.
A.lives, are B. live, is , is D. live, are
( ) 5.The class in the next rm Class 5.
A. that are, is B. wh is, is C. Which is, is D. wh are, are
Vi.关系副词when, where
1.先行词指时间并在从句中作时间状语时,用when引导从句。when= in/at/n which。
2.当先行词是表示时间的名词，但在从句中作动词remember, spend, take, frget 等动词
的宾语时,用that或which引导从句。
3.先行词指地点并在从句中作地点状语时,用where引导从句, where= in/at/n which。
4.当先行词是表示地点的名词,但在从句中作动词visit, frget, remember, build 等动词的
宾语时，用that或which而不用where引导从句。
5.当先行词是case, situatin, system， circumstance， pint， activity， race, jb,envirnment等名词，表示从句主语处于某种状况、境地等，且从句中缺少状语时，用where引导从句。
专项练习
( )1. l shall never frget thse years l lived in the cuntry with the farmers.
A. that B.when C. which D. where
( ) 2. D yu still remember the days we spent tgether in Australia?
when B. during which c. which D. n which
( ) 3. This is the last time we have cme t take the examinatin this year.
that B. when C. which D. n which
( ) 4. The years and mnths we spent tgether are really wnderful t us all.
when B. n which c. in which D. that
( ) 5. We ften think f the days _we spent tgether n the island.
A. when B. which c. in which D. during which
( ) 6. If a shp has chairs wmen can park their men, wmen will spend mre time in the shp.
A. that B. which c. when D. where
( ) 7. He's gt himself int a dangerus situatin he is likely t lse cntrl ver the plane.
A. where B. which C. while D. why
( ) 8. I can think f many cases students bviusly knew a lt f English wrds and expressins but culdn’t write a gd essay.
A. why B. which C. that D. where
( ) 9. After living in Paris fr fifty years he returned t the small twn he grew up as a child.
A.when B.where C.as D.which
( ) 10. Fie has left fr Beijing, a meeting is t be held.
A. When B. where C. as D. which
ix.关系副词why, that
1.先行词reasn在从句中作原因状语时,用关系副词why引导从句。why= fr which。
2.先行词是reasn但是在从句中作某些动词如explain, remember, frget 等的宾语时,不能用why引导从句,这时要用that或which引导从句。
3. that 有时可用作关系副词，代替where, when或why引导从句,并且可以省略(见专项练
习6)。
4.先行词the way在从句中作方式状语时,用in which/that 引导从句或者不用关系词,不能
用hw引导从句。
专项练习
( ) 1. The reasn I write t yu is t tell yu abut my new friend Henry.
because B. why ' c. fr D. as
( ) 2. Have yu ever asked him the reasn may explain his absence?
why B. when C. that D. what
( ) 3. I dn't knw the reasn she was late.
when B. where C. what D. why
( ) 4. The gardener was called t tell the way the pr dg had died.
that B. which C. A r D D. in which
( ) 5. In English, wrds are nt always spelled they sund.
just same B. the same as C. the way D. by the means
( )6.That is the time he arrives.
A. when B. that C. / D.A r B r C
II.非限制性定语从句
i.关系代词as, which引导修饰句子的定语从句
1. as, which引导非限制性定语从句，先行词可以是整个主句或主句的一部分。
2. as, which在从句中作主语时,其从句的谓语动词总是用第三人称单数。
3. as意为“正如”，引导的从句可放主句前,但which 引导的从句不能放主句前，如as is ften the case。
4.从句是被动语态时,多用as引导从句，如as is mentined abve, as is reprted in the newspaper等。
5.从句谓语是knw, see等时，一-般用as。
6.as可用于the , 结构中, which不能。
7. which=and that意为“这一一点”，当从句是否定的,从句谓语是系表结构或者从句的宾语是复合结构时，多用which引导从句。
8.as,which引导非限制性定语从句时,不仅可以在定语从句中作主语,也可以作宾语或表语,但是不能省略。
( ) 1. He must be frm Africa, can be seen frm his skin.
that B. which C. it D. what
( ) 2. They have decided t stay at hme, I think a wise chice.
A. which; are B. which; is c. that; are D. that; is
( ) 3. William became the first American wman t win three Olympic gld medals in track，
made her mther very happy.
it B. that C. which D. this
( )4, everybdy knws, he is very gd at speaking English.
Which B. That c. Wh D. As
( ) 5. She heard a terrible nise, brught her heart int her muth,
A. it B. which c. this D. that
( ) 6. The weather turned ut t be very gd, was mre than we culd expect.
A. what B. which c. that D. it
( ) 7. The number f the peple present, we had expected, was very large.
which B. whm C. that D. as
( ) 8. That huse, the drs are painted white, is my grandpa's.
whse B. which C. f which D. that
( ) 9. has already been pinted ut, grammar is nt a set f dead rules.
AS B. It c. That D. Which
( )10. is natural, he married Mary.
A. It B. What C. Which D. As
ii.关系代词wh, whm, which, whse;关系副词where, when
1. why不能引导非限制性定语从句。
2.非限制性定语从句一般不用that引导,指人用wh或whm,指物用which。
3.先行词指人,在从句中作主语用wh引导从句;在从句中作宾语用whm引导从句,而且whm不能省略。
4.先行词指人或物并在从句中作定语时,用whse引导从句。
5.先行词指物并在从句中作主语或宾语时，用which引导从句。
6.先行词在从句中作地点状语用where引导从句。
7.先行词在从句中作时间状语用when引导从句。
8.表示人名或地名的专有名词后经常跟非限制性定语从句。
专项练习
( ) 1. The Chairman, spke first, sat n my right.
A. wh B. whm C. he D. that
( ) 2. His speech, bred everyne, went n and n.
That B. and that C.it D. which
( ) 3. His wife, yu met at my huse, was bred t.
/ B. whm C. whse D. that
( ) 4. The Chairman's daughter , is Ann, gave me a patient smile.
whse the name B. whse name C. the name f wh D. name f whm
( ) 5. On April 1st, they flew t Beiing, they stayed several days.
which B. in that c. where D. n which
( ) 6. I'm ging t see the manager tmrrw, he will be back frm New Yrk.
A. when B. which C. in which D. n which
( ) 7. The cnference will be put ff till next mnth, we will have made all the preparatins.
during that B. at which C. by it D. when
( ) 8. Yrk, last year, is a nice ld city.
that I visited B. which I visited C. where I visited D. in which I visited
( ) 9. Alice received an invitatin frm her bss, came as s surprise.
it B. which C. that D.he
( ) 10. I tld the stry t Jhn, later did it t his brther.
A. whm B. that C. wh D. he
ii.非限制性定语从句的重要特点
1.非限制性定语从句总是用逗号与主句隔开。
2.:引导非限制性定语从句的关系代词无论是否在从句中作宾语都不能省略。
3.用bth/sme/each/mst/ all/ several/many/a few/ ten f+ whm/ which引导非限制性定语从句，用which指物,用whm指人。
4.注意逗号与and的不同功能。and连接的是并列句,需用相应的人称代词;仅有逗号没有并列连词时需用关系代词引导非限制性定语从句。
5.非限制性定语从句在意义上相当于一个并列句。
6.非限制性定语从句有时相当于一个状语从句，表示原因、目的、结果、条件或让步意义。
专项练习
( ) 1. He is a newcmer, at the library just nw.
we met B. wh we meet c. whm we met D. that we met
( ) 2. Recently I bught an ancient Chinese vase, was very reasnable.
which price B. the price f which C. its price D. the price f whse
( )3.He is a by, has always had his wn way.
which B. wh C. whm D. wh's
( ) 4. He lived in Lndn fr 3 mnths, during he learned sme English.
this B. which C. that D. same
( )5.I dn’t like the way yu speak t me， n ne else likes, either.
A. which I am sure B. that I am sure C. I think which D. that I think
( ) 6. He made anther wnderful discvery , f great imprtance t science and man.
which I think is B. which I think it is
C. which I think it D. I think which is
( ) 7. He was very rude t the custms fficer, , f curse, made things even wrse.
wh B. whm C. what D. which
( ) 8. Alice received an invitatin frm her bss, came as a surprise.
A.it B. that C. which D. he
( ) 9. Drthy was always speaking highly f her rle in the play,______ , f curse, made the thers unhappy.
wh B. which c. this D. what
( ) 10. I'll d everything I him.
must help B. shuld help c. can t help D. can help
( ) 11. Let's g and visit Mr. Brwn, yu knw visited us last year.
A. that B. wh C. whm D. whse
( ) 12. Mary is gd at English and mathematics, we all knw very well in ur schl.
A. that B. what C./ D. as
( ) 13. Carl said the wrk wuld be dne by Octber, persnally I dubt very much.
it B. that C. when D. which
( ) 14. The buses were surrunded by an angry crwd, were already full.
but mst f them B. mst f which
C. which mst D. that mst
( ) 15. There were tw small rms in the beach huse, served as a kitchen.
A.the smaller f them B. the smallest f which
C.the smaller f which D. smallest f which
( ) 16. They have three daughters, all are dctrs.
f whm B. f them C. f which D. wh
( ) 17. The wrkers prduced 200,000 TV sets, are f great quality.
mst f them B. mst f which C. mst f that D. which f mst
( ) 18. The huse is nt large, we've been living since three years ag.
which B. where C. n which D. at which
( ) 19. He was late fr schl again this mrning, made his teacher very angry.
that B. what C. which D. when
( ) 20. The huse was full f bys, ten f were his sns.
wh B. that C. them D. whm
( ) 21. The huse was full f bys, and ten f were his sns,
which B. wh C. whm D. them
( ) 22. He is a man f great experience, much can be learned.
A. wh B. frm him c. frm whm D. . whm
( ) 23. They have tw daughters, bth are dctrs.
A.f whm B. f them C. f which D. wh
( ) 24. China has hundreds f islands, Taiwan is the largest.
A.in which B，at which C. amng which D. which
iv.定语从句应该注意的问题补充
1.有时一个先行词由两个定语从句限制,这叫做双重限制或多层修饰。
2.为了加强语气，有时先行词可用不同的词语或代词重复,与先行词形成一个同位语结构。
3.一个先行词其后跟有两个并列的定语从句时，第二个从句须重复相当的关系代词。
4.引导并列限制性定语从句的关系代词在从句中作宾语时,第-一个从句的关系代词可省略,但是引导第二个定语从句的关系代词不能省略(如专项练习2)。
5.如果并列定语从句是由不同的关系代词引导,第二个定语从句的关系代词通常总是wh-词(如专项练习7)。
6.“介词+ which"可引导非限制性定语从句。
专项练习
( ) 1. He always cnsidered that the bed was a gd place his legal briefs.
t read B. in which t read
C. which t read D. which t read in
( ) 2. The huse he bught in 1968, and he sld tw years later, is again n the market.
A. /,/ B. /, which c. which, that D. which,/
( ) 3. She pssessed gifts were nt nly higher than a ready tngue, paid better in the lng run.
A. /, what B. that, what C. that, which D. that,/
( ) 4. But nw we hear that a new campaign has been launched in China, urges greater effrts t develp agriculture.
ne that B. ne which C. that D. and which
( ) 5. Peple wre their summer clthes, they had gne t wrk in.
the clthes B. that
C. nes which D. the clthes in which
( ) 6. Mr. Lee is the nly dealer I knw gives gd prices.
whm, whm B. wh,/ c. /, wh D. /,/
( ) 7. Is there anything he tld yu yu dn't believe?
/, what B. which, that C.what，which D.that，which
综合练习
I.用适当的关系代词或关系副词填空。
1. The huse in l grew up has been taken dwn and replaced by an ffice building.
2. She'll never frget her stay there she fund her sn wh had gne missing tw years befre.
3. They've wn their last three matches, I find a bit surprising.
4. It's helpful t put children in a situatin they can see themselves differently.
5. I have reached a pint in my life . I am suppsed t make decisins f my wn.
6. Life is like a lng race we cmpete with thers t g beynd urselves.
7. I was brn in New Orleans, Luisiana, a city name will create a picture f beautiful trees and green grass in ur mind.
8. My friend shwed me rund the twn, was very kind f him.
9. - -What d yu think f teaching, Bb?
- -I find it fun and challenging. It is a jb yu are ding smething serius but interesting.
I'll give yu my friend's hme address, I can be reached mst evenings.
11. I refuse t accept the blame fr smething was smene else's fault.
12. Later in this chapter cases will be intrduced t readers cnsumer cmplaints have resulted in changes in the law.
13. The grwing speed f a plant is influenced by a number f factrs, mst f are beynd ur cntrl.
14. The man pulled ut a gld watch, the hands f were made f small diamnds.
15. Fr many cities in the wrld, there is n rm t spread ut further, in New Yrk is an example.
16. She brught with her three friends, nne f I had ever met befre.
17. The Beatles, many f yu are ld enugh t remember, came frm Liverpl.
18. By nine 'clck, all the Olympic trch bearers had reached the tp f Munt Qmlangma, abve appeared a rare rainbw sn.
19. The Science Museum, we visited during a recent trip t Britain, is ne f Lndn's turist attractins.
20. Occasins are quite rare I have the time t spend a day with my kids.
21. There is much chance Bill will recver frm his injury in time fr the race.
22. We shuldn't spend ur mney testing s many peple, mst f are healthy.
23. His mvie wn several awards at the film festival, was beynd his wildest dream.
24. Thse successful deaf dancers think that dancing is an activity sight matters mre than hearing.
25. Last week, nly tw peple came t lk at the huse, neither f wanted t buy it.
26. After graduatin she reached a pint in her career she needed t decide what t d.
27. By serving thers, a persn fcuses n smene ther than himself r herself, can be very eye pening and rewarding.
28. Tday, we'll discuss a number f cases beginners f English fail t use the language prperly.
29. It is reprted that tw schls, bth f are being built in my hmetwn, will pen next year.
30. Wmen drink mre than tw cups f cffee a day have a greater chance f having heart disease than thse dn’t.
31. I'll shw yu the stre in yu can buy all yu need.
32. Lk ut! Dn’t get t clse t the huse rf is under repair.
33. This is ne f the best films have been shwn this year.
34. He talked happily abut the men and bks interested him greatly in the schl.
35. Lily wuld never frget the evening she lst her ring.
36. The plice wrte dwn the things and persns the bys remembered in the accident scene.
37. l, am yur gd friend, will try my best t help yu ut.
38. Thse want t see the film please put dwn yur names here.
39. We are living in an age many things are dne n cmputer.
40. has been annunced, we shall have ur final exams next mnth.
41. We will be shwn arund the city: schls, museums, and sme ther places, ther visitrs seldm g.
42. Alec asked the pliceman with he wrked t cntact him whenever there was an accident.
43. Then the great day came he was t march past the palace in the parade.
44. -I drve t Zhuhai fr the air shw last week.
-ls that the reasn yu had a few days ff?
Let's discuss such questins are abut the future f the yuth.
The gentleman abut. yu tld me yesterday prved t be a thief.
47. The result f the experiment was very gd, we hadn't expected.
48. I shall never frget thse years I lived in the cuntry with the farmers, has a great effect n my life.
49. T get the jb started, all_____I need is yur permissin.
50. This is the first sum f mney the children's family has received.
51. This is nt the nly apple has rtten away.
52. He seldm finishes his wrk n time, always makes his bss very angry.
53. She is such a lvely girl is liked by everybdy.
54. Yu'll find taxis waiting at the bus statin yu can hire t reach yur hst family.
55. The ld twn has narrw streets and small huses are built clse t each ther.
56. She shwed the visitrs arund the museum, the cnstructin f had taken mre than three years.
57. Between the tw parts f the cncert is an interval, the audience can buy ice cream.
58. Whatever is left ver may be put int the refrigeratr, it will keep fr tw r three weeks.
59. English is a language shared by several diverse cultures, each f uses it smewhat differently.
60. ls hydrgen the nly gas. we can get frm the stre?
61. She has a gift fr creating an atmsphere fr her students allws them t cmmunicate freely with each ther,
62. It was April 29 ,2011 Prince William and Kate Middletn walked int the palace hall f the wedding ceremny.
63. It is the secnd time yu have made such a mistake.
64. The days are gne physical strength was all yu needed t make a living.
65. Wh has cmmn sense will d such a thing?
66. The students in Tianjin are using the same teaching bks we are nw using.
67. The prize will g t the writer stry shws the mst imaginatin.
68. My hmetwn is n lnger the same it used t be.
69. Mary was much kinder t Jack than she was t the thers, , f curse, made all the thers upset,
70. In ur class there are 46 students, f half wear glasses.
71. D yu knw the reasn she gt S angry yesterday?
72. When deeply absrbed in wrk, he ften was, he wuld frget all abut eating r sleeping.
73. That evening, I will tell yu mre abut later, I ended up wrking very late.
74. I wish t thank Prfessr Smith, withut help I wuld never have gt this far.
75. I've becme gd friends with several f the students in my schl I met in the English speech cntest last year.
76. Sailing acrss the cean alne was an achievement tk curage.
77. Ellen was a painter f birds and f nature, fr sme reasn, had withdrawn frm all human sciety.
78. We live in an age mre infrmatin is available with greater ease than ever befre.
79. The settlement is hme t nearly 1,000 peple, many f left their village hmes fr a better life in the city.
80. Because f the financial crisis, days are gne lcal 5-star htels charged 6 ,000 yuan fr ne night.
Ⅱ.用括号中所给的核心词或短语,把下列汉语译成英语。
1.借钱给你的那人叫什么名字? (wh)

2.谁笑到最后谁笑得最好。(wh)

3. 会议主席坐在我右边,他先发言。(wh) .

4.有些人我们是喜欢的,有些人则是我们讨厌的。(There are..)

5.和我一起工作的人都很友好。(wh)

6.昨晚我在电话里和卡特先生交谈过,他对我们的计划很感兴趣。(whm)

7.两个男人来到我的办公室,我以前从未见过他们。(neither f)

8.有些人,他们的脸你永远难以忘怀。(whse)

9.我看见一些树的树叶由于空气污染而发黑。(whse)

10.这是目前非常流行的一首民谣。(which)

11.流经伦敦的河叫泰晤士河。(which)

12.孩子们喜欢我夫人做的饼干。(which)

13.吉姆通过了驾驶考试，这使大家都感到惊讶。(which)

14.希拉不能来参加聚会,真遗憾。(which)

15.约翰在这里待了一星期，在此期间我们一起游了西湖。(during which)

16.这周末可能下雪,在这种情况下,我们就不去北京了。(which)

17.他看问题的方法和我们不一样。(the way)

18.我从未听过像他讲的这样的故事。(such.. .as)

19.他搬起别人都搬不起的大石头。(s.. .as)

20.她穿着跟她妹妹穿得一样的衣裙。 (the )

21.她穿着她在玛丽婚礼上穿过的同一条连衣裙。(the same.. .that)

22.众所周知,台湾属于中国。(as)

23.他是南方人,这一点我们从他的口音可以知道。(as)

24.他是个经验丰富的人,从他那儿可以学到很多。(whm)

25.他曾经工作过的学校是一所重点学校。(which)

26.我就职的那家公司经理十分注意改善我们的工作条件。(whse)

27.这就是那位我们经常谈论的著名歌唱家。(whm)

28.很幸运,我们带了一张地图,如没有的话,我们就会迷路了。(which)

29.请把那本蓝封面的书递给我。(which)

30.她有三支幸运笔,其中两支从未用过。(which)

31.我校大约有200位教师,其中百分之三十是女教师。(whm)

32.我发现篮子里有好些苹果,有些已经坏了。(which)

33.我们班有50个学生,其中大多数来自大城市。(mst f)

34.诺曼赢得五万美元，他将其中一半给了他父母。(half f)

35.汤姆试穿了三件衬衫,都不满意。(nne f)

36.中国有数千个岛屿,其中最大的是台湾。(the largest f)

37.他通常十点钟回家,在这时候他爸爸锁好所有的门窗。(which)

38.他的妻子病得很重，在这种情况下,他不得不放弃出国的机会。(which)

39.他们引以为豪的两样东西是吉姆的手表和德拉的头发。(f which)

40.在漆黑的街道上没有一个她可以求助的人。(whm)

41.我永远忘不了我第一-次遇 见他的那一天。(which)

42.你能设想一个使用这个词语合适的场合吗? (Where)

43.伽利略制作了一个望远镜,通过它他得以研究天空。(thrugh which)

44.这是我的眼镜，离了它我什么也看不清。(withut which)

45.我是你最好的朋友,我会尽我一切所能来帮你。(wh)

46.这家人很爱音乐,他们每月都去听一次音乐会。(wh)

47.他是班上英语说得很好的男生之一。 (ne f)

48.他是班上唯一英语说得很好的男生。(the nly ne f)

49.我仍然记得我第一次来到这所学校的那一天。 (when)

50.他是在我们最需要他的时候来的。(when)

51.我们永远忘不了1949 年,那是中华人民共和国成立的一年。(when)

52.我最近曾回过一次我出生的城市。(where)

53.我想住在哟个阳光充足的国家。(where)

54.你度假的那个地方叫什么名字? (where)

55.请告诉我你误机的原因。(why)

56.我们都不知道他受惩罚的原因。(why)

57.我有一本讲解英语语法的书。(that)

58.你在大厅见到的那些人来自日本。(whm)

59.新概念英语是专为外国学生使用的,这是我们大家都知道的。(as)

60.太阳是一.颗恒星， 它给我们光和热。(which)

61.去年我参观了人民大会堂,每年许多重要会议都要在那里举行。(where)

62.乔先生现在住在北京,那里距离这儿很远。(which)

63.我祝贺我的邻居,他的儿子刚刚赢得选举。(whse)

64.他妈妈十分爱他,对他要求很严格。(wh)

65.一个无所畏惧的人敢说真话。(wh)

66.任何犯法的人都将受到惩罚。(wh)

67.凡是反对这项计划的人,请举手。(wh)

不要把这秘密告诉任何一个不该知道它的人。(wh)

69.我是办公室里唯一受到邀请的人。(the nly persn)

70.天气非常糟糕,这我们没有料到。(which)

71.他爬到一块巨大的岩石顶上,从那里他得到了很好的视野。(frm which)

72.声音是工具,人们通过这个工具进行交流。( by means f)

73.他死了,没有什么能做的了。(that)

74.我们没办法帮助她。(that)

75.这些墙是这座古城所残存下来的全部。(that)

76.在伦敦他们参观的第一个地方是大本钟。(that)

77.她也许是我所教学生中最勤奋的。(that)

78.这正是我要买的语法书。(that)

79.美丽是埃米莉唯一能骄傲的东西。(that)

80.有常识的人谁会相信这种胡说八道呢? (that)

81.掉入河里的司机与车都还没有找到。(that)

82.被认为在森林里迷路的孩子与狗，今天早上已经获救了。(that)

83.她再也不是过去那个甜美的女孩了。(that)

84.我永远不会忘记我们一起度假的日子。(when)

85.我永远不会忘记我们一起度过的日子。(that)

86.我知道一个我们可以野炊的地方。(where)

87.我知道一个以自然景色优美而闻名的地方。(that/ which)

88.飞机上坐在我旁边的那个人一直在喋喋不休。(whm)

89.他们是在去年建造的实验室里完成这个实验的。(that)

90.是来自我们学校的学生获得了竞赛一等奖。(wh)

第二章 名词性从句
i.主语从句
1. that 从句作主语通常用it作形式主语，常见的此类主语从句结构有:
1)“It+ be+名词(如a pity/ fact/ prblem/ shame/ surprise, n wnder等)+ that从句”。
2)“It+ be+形容词(如natural, certain, clear, bvius, apparent, evident, necessary, true, likely, prbable, pssible, strange ，imprtant 等) + that从句”
注意:当形容词是imprtant, natural, necessary, strange, essential, surprising 等时，从句谓语用“(shuld) +动词原形" , shuld可省略。
3)“It+不及物动词(如seems, turns ut, happens, appears, fllws, ccurs t sb.等)+ that从句”
4)“It+ be过去分词(如: knwn, said, reprted, believed, annunced, accepted, acknwledged, fund, claimed, declared, estimated, thught, hped, suggested 等)+that从句”
当过去分词是suggested, demanded, required, cmmanded, recmmended, rdered等词时,从句谓语用“(shuld)+动词原形”, shuld可省略。
注意:
在正式文体中,为了强调that从句,可将that从句置于句首,此时that 不可省略。2)在疑问句中只能用形式主语it结构。
2. wh-从句
1)表示“是否”意义时,只能用whether不能用if引导主语从句。
2)it经常用来作形式主语，而把wh-从句放在句尾，常见的结构为:It is nt yet clear wh-... It is strange wh-... It is uncertain wh- It is nt knwn wh-...
3) wh-从句经常可以放在句首。
专项练习
( )1. she culdn't understand was fewer students shwed interest in her lessns.
What; why B. That; what C. What; because D. Why; that
( )2.It wrried her a bit her hair was turning gray.
A. while B. that c. if D. fr
( ) 3. It is pretty well understd cntrls the flw f carbn dixide in and ut the atmsphere tday,
that B. when c. what D. hw
( )4. man first made use f electricity is nt exactly knwn.
When B.If c. That D. What
( )5. we will have a meeting hasn't been decided yet.
A.If B. That c. What D. Whether
( )6. we are saying is mre than we will d.
That; that B. What; what C. Whatever; that D. As; as
( )7. leaves last turns ff the light.
Wh B. Whever C. N matter wh D. Whmever
( )8. wins the prize may get the car.
Wh B. Whm C. Whmever D. Whever
( )9. a pity that I didn’t see yu last week.
That's i B. What's C. It's D. There's
( ) 10. she will cme is certain.
A. That B. What C. / D. Whether
( )11. we g swimming every day us a lt f gd.
whether; d B. That; d C. That; des D. whether; des
( )12. has questins can ask the teacher after class.
A. Wh B. Whever C. Anybdy D. One
( )13. is ne f the mst useful and fascinating divisins f human knwledge is widely accepted.
Where chemistry B. That chemistry
C. What chemistry D. Chemistry
( ) 14. It's knwn t us chewing gum helps prevent tth decay.
why B. that C. whether D. hw
( ) 15. Des matter if he cant finish the jb n time?
this B. that c. he D. it
( )16. water can be used t electricity is true.
A.That; prducing B. That; prduce
C. This; prducing D. /; prduces
( ) 17. After Yang Liwei succeeded in circling the earth, ur astrnauts desire t d is t walk in space.
where B. what c. that D. hw
( ) 18. It is dubtful he knws it r nt.
that B. if C. what D. whether
( )19. caused the accident is still a cmplete mystery.
What B. That C. Hw D. Where
( )20. they will hld a sprts meeting next week hasn't been decided yet.
A. If B. That C.What D. Whether
( ) 21. It is a matter f will take charge f the wrk.
whever B. wh C. whm D. whmever
( ) 22. is wrth ding at all is wrth ding well.
That B. Which C. Whatever D. It
( ) 23. land wnership in sme cuntries is unfair bvius.
What; is B. Whether; are C. That; is D. If; is
( )24. sme mammals came t live in the sea is nt knwn.
A. That B. Since c. Althugh D.Hw
( )25. trubles me is my sn can finish all he is expected t d.
That; whether;/ B. What; if; that
C. That; if; what D, What; whether;/
ii.宾语从句
1.动词后的宾语从句
1) that引导的宾语从句
后面常接that 引导的宾语从句的动词有admit, agree, answer, believe, decide,declare, expect, explain, feel, hear, hpe, intend, insist, mean, ntice, rder,remember, reply, say, suggest, think, wish等。
2) wh-,if引导的宾语从句
后面常接wh-,if 引导的宾语从句的动词有advise, ask, discuss, dubt, find ut,imagine, infrm, inquire, knw, questin, tell, understand, wnder, discver 等。
3)“动词十间接宾语+宾语从句”
常使用此类结构的动词有advise, ask, infrm, prmise, questin, remind, shw,teach, tell, warn, assure 等。
4)“动词十it+形容词/名词十that从句”
后面常接it作形式宾语的动词有find, feel, think, believe, make, cnsider 等。
5)it作形式宾语的特殊句型
常见的有:see t it that... hate it that... we it t sb. take it fr granted that... put it t sb. that.; take it that; depend n it that; cunt n it that...
2.形容词后的宾语从句
后面常接宾语从句的形容词有: anxius, aware, certain, determined, glad, prud,surprised, wrried, srry, thankful, ashamed, disappinted, pleased, cntent, prud,annyed, cnvinced, cnfident等。
3.介词后的宾语从句
1)后面常按宾语从句的介词有n, abut, in, but, except等。
2) that 从句一般不作介词宾语，但是可以作介词in, but, except 的宾语。
3) wh-从句常作介词宾语。
4.宾语从句需要注意的问题
1)当主句是--般现在时或者一般将来时时,宾语从句可根据句子意思选择用所需要的时态。
2)当主句是一般过去时时,宾语从句必须用相应的过去时态。
3)但是当宾语从句表达的是普遍真理或客观规律时,宾语从句时态不受主句时态限制而用一般现在时。
4)当主句谓语是think, believe, suppse, expect, imagine, guess 等,宾语从句的意义是否定时,nt要转移到主句中;但当从句有否定意义的never, seldm, hardly, scarcely等词时,否定词不转移。上述结构后面跟反义疑问句时,用肯定形式反问。
5)主句中谓语是think, believe, suppse, expect, imagine, guess等,同时，wh连词引导的表 示疑问的宾语从句,应将连词wh-置于主句前面，主句若是疑问语序，从句语序不变。例如: When d yu think he will cme back? D yu think when he will cme back? (错句)
6)当主句动词是wish时,从句的时态要用虚拟语气;当主句的动词是suggest, demand, require等词时,从句要用可省略shuld的虚拟语气。
7) if只引导部分宾语从句,但是当从句作介词宾语时或与r nt以及与不定式连用时只能用whether。
8)引导宾语从句的that常可省略,但是当两个that从句由and或r连接时,第二个从句的that不能省略。
专项练习
( )1.He was brn in is nw knwn as Xiangyang.
A. that B. what C. where there D. where
( ) 2. They were surprised that a child, the prblems they themselves culdn't.
wuld slve; nce B. wrked ut; them
C.shuld wrk ut; while D. wuld settle; but
( ) 3. we can't get seems better than we have.
A. What; what B. What; that C. That; that D. That; what
( ) 4. When we arrived in ur apartment was suppsed t be, all I culd see was a schl.
where B. what c. that D. which
( ) 5. Dn't always that parents will give children whatever they want.
take it fr granted B. take it as granted
C. take fr granted D. grant it
( ) 6. Evidence came up specific speech sunds are recgnized by babies as yung as six mnths ld.
A. what B. whse c. that D. which
( ) 7. We all cnsider f great imprtance that we shuld cmbine thery with practice.
that B. it C. which D. this
( ) 8. I'm nt sure .
A. what is the assignment f tmrrw
B. what will the assignment fr tmrrw be
C. what will be the assignment f tmrrw
D. what the assignment fr tmrrw is
( ) 9. Give the prize t yu think did the wrk well.
A. wh B. whever C. whmever D. whm
( ) 10. Culd yu tell me where ?
is the nearest bus stp lcated B.the nearest bus stp is lcated
C.is lcated the nearest bus stp D.lcated is the nearest bus stp
( ) 11. - - Did yu g t watch the ftball match?
--N,but I wish .
did B. went C. had D. wuld
( ) 12. Thrughly cnfused, he hesitated t reprt .
A. what did he see B. what he had seen C. what had he seen. D what he was seen
( ) 13. 1 dn't dubt she will learn a lt during her stay in Paris.
whether B. if C. that D. what
( ) 14. Everything depends n we have enugh experience.
if B. what C. which D. whether
( ) 15. He usually ges t wrk n his bike except it rains.
that B. what C. when D. whether
( ) 16. The by has nt changed at all except he is n lnger s talkative.
why B. that c. what D. if
( ) 17. Yu can write abut tpic yu can think f.
hwever B. wherever c. whenever D. whatever
( ) 18. The wner f the shp came t see what .
the matter was B. the wrng was C. was the matter D. was the wrng
( ) 19. We dn't care they will nt cme tmrrw.
whether B. if C. when D. that
( )20.We made a rule that we read English in the mrning.
A. it B. that c. what D. which
( ) 21. We cannt figure ut quite a number f insects, birds, and animals are dying-ut.
that B. as c. why D. when
( ) is t give us a reprt n he saw and heard in Australia.
that B. what c. whether D. which
( ) 23. I knw nthing abut the accident I read in the newspaper.
except what B. except that C. except fr D. except
( ) 24. Smene is ringing the drbell. G and see .
A. wh is he B. wh he is c. wh is it D. wh it is
( ) 25. The true value f life is nt in , but in
hw yu get; that yu give B. which yu get; what yu give
C. what d yu get; what d yu give D. what yu get; what yu give
( ) 26. When we arrived in an ld temple was suppsed t be, all we culd see was just a railway statin.
where B. what C. that D. which
( ) 27. Sarah hpes t becme a friend f shares her interests.
anyne B. whmever C. n matter wh D. whever
( ) 28. These wild flwers are s special that I wuld d I can t save them.
whatever B. that c. which D. whichever
( ) 29. Yu can't imagine when they received these nice Christmas presents.
hw they were excited B. hw excited they were
C.hw excited were they D. they were hw excited
( ) 30. Eat cake yu like and leave the thers fr cmes late.
A. any; wh B. whichever; whever C. whatever; whm D. every; wh
( ) 31. His wrds dn't agree with the bss asks fr, s we dn't knw what t d.
what B. whm c. which D. when
( )32.It was he said disappinted me.
what; that B. that; that C. what; what D. that; what
( ) 33. What has made Vietnam it is tday?
that B. fr C. which D. what .
( )34.I hpe that l yu at the party this weekend,
wuld see B. shuld see C. will see D. see
( ) 35. --I blamed Mary yesterday.
--I wuld rather yu
A. didn't d that B. hadn't dne that
C. wuldn't d that D. shuldn't have dne that
iii.表语从句
1. that 表语从句
1)常接表语从句的联系动词有be, lk, remain, seem等。
2)引导表语从句的that不可省略。
3)表示事实、真理等实际内容的表语从句其主句的主语经常是:fact,truth,evidence,advantage, explanatin, cnclusin, reasn等。
4)表示某人的意见、信念、建议等的实际内容的表语从句,其主句的主语经常是:pinin,belief, view, feeling, explanatin,suggestin,advice, prpsal,request, requirement等。
5)以名词性从句wh-从句作主语,总是用that从句作表语。
2. wh-表语从句
1)当表示“是否”之意时,引导表语从句的连词不能用if,只能用whether。
2)经常见到的句型有That is why... This/it is This is where.., This is what.. That is when... This is hw... The prblem is wh...等。
专项练习
( ) 1.- -Are yu still thinking abut yesterday's game?
- Oh, that's
what makes me feel excited B. whatever I feel excited abut
C. hw I feel abut it D. when I feel excited
( ) 2. He never wrks hard. And that's he seldm passes the exams.
A. what B. that c. which D. why
( ) 3. The reasn she gave fr nt being present was the heavy snw prevented her cming.
/; because B. why; because c. /; that D. why; whether
( ) 4. Air is t us water is t fish.
what B. that C. which D.is that
( ) 5. I dn't knw is I was brn.
A. that; when B. that; what C. that; where D. what; where
iv.同位语从句
1. that同位语从句
1) that引导同位语从句, that不能省略，无意义, that引导的句子意思表肯定。
2)有时候,为避免句子头重脚轻,同位语从句可与名词分隔开来。
3)后面可接同位语从句的抽象名词有fact, belief, hpe, idea, dubt, news, rumr,cnclusin, evidence, suggestin, advice, requirement, request, prpsal, prblem,rder, answer, decisin, discvery, explanatin, infrmatin, knwledge, law, truth,pinin, prmise, reprt, thught, statement, pssibility, chance 等词。
2. wh-同位语从句
1)引导同位语从句的wh-连词在从句中作一-定成分,而且有意义。
2)引导同位语从句的wh-连词不能省略。
3)同位名词多含有疑问意义,如dubt, wnder, prblem, questin, n idea等。3.同位语从句与定语从句的区别
1) that在定语从句中既代替先行词,又在从句中作一定成分。 而that在同位语从句中只起连接作用,不在句中作任何成分。
2)定语从句是形容词性的,对先行词进行修饰、限定,描述其性质和特征。同位语从句是名词性的,对抽象名词进行补充说明和解释,即抽象名词的具体内容。
3)作为名词的dubt在肯定句中,后面接whether引导的同位语从句;在否定句或疑问句中,后面接that引导的同位语从句。
4) wh引导的疑问句中，dubt后面接that引导的疑问句。
4.常见的同位语从句与同位名词分割开来的句型有:
Wrd came Order reached sb. that... News arrived A stry ges has been put frward that...,. The fact remains Suddenly the thught came t me that...,.. The fact has t be faced that... An idea ccurred t sb that ..
专项练习
( ) 1. Wrd came I was wanted n the phne.
which B. why C. that D. whether
( )2.An idea came t her she might d the experiment in anther way.
A. which B. why c. that D. whether
( ) 3. Alng with the letter was his prmise he wuld visit me this cming Christmas.
A. which B. that c. what D. whether
( ) 4. Infrmatin has been put frward mre middle schl graduates will be admitted int universities.
A. while B. that c. when D. why
( )5.A stry ges Elizabeth I f England liked nthing mre than being surrunded by clever and qualified nblemen at curt.
when B. where c. what D. that
( )6.I have n dubt he will get thrugh the examinatin.
A. that B. whether C. if D.as
( )7.One f the men held the view the bk said was right.
that what B. what that C. that D. whether
( ) 8. He always wrks hard even if he knws the fact he is nt in gd health.
A. which B. that c. why D. while
( ) 9. We all knw the truth there is air, water and sunlight, there are living things.
in wherever B. that wherever C. where D. that
( ) 10. The scial prblem it is right r wrng has nt yet been decided.
whether B. if C. what D. which
( ) 11. D yu have any idea ?
hw I was wrried B. hw wrried I was
C.hw wrried was I D. what I was wrried
( )12. came that we wuld g t Nanjing fr scial investigatin.
A. Wrds B. The wrd c. A wrd D. Wrd
( ) 13. Tday there is evidence the resurces f the sea are as seriusly threatened as thse f the land,
A. that B. what c. which D./
( ) 14, The news Lincln was murdered filed the American peple's hearts with deep srrw,
A.which B. when C. that D. hw
( ) 15. There is n dubt Premier Wen Jiaba is an excellent leader.
A. that B. whether C. if D. /
v.名词性从句要注意的几个问题
1.使用that, what, whether, if须注意的情况
1) that, whether , if在从句中不作成分,而what在从句中既引导从句又作成分。
2) whether在从句中不作任何成分,但有不确定的意义,而that无任何意义。
2. whether, if引导名词性从句的区别
1) whether可以引导表语从句、主语从句、同位语从句和介词的宾语从句,而if不能。
2) whether 和if引导的从句都可以作动词宾语,这时whether= if。
3. whether, if与that的选择
1) dubt, wnder, nt knw, nt decide, still a prblem, still a questin后面多接whether, if从句。.
2) n wnder, n dubt, well knwn后面多接that从句。
4.名词性从句的虚拟语气
1) suggestin, rder, advice后面的同位语从句或表语从句用虚拟语气，其从句的谓语动词用“shuld+动词原形" , shuld可以省略。
2) insist, rder, cmmand, demand, suggest, advise, prpse, require, request 后面接的宾语从句要用虚拟语气,其形式是“shuld+动词原形" , shuld可省略。
5. where 引导表语从句与定语从句的区别
1) where引导表语从句时,从句紧跟在系动词之后，而且从句前面没有先行词; where=the place where。
2) where 引导定语从句时,从句要跟在先行词后面，where= in/n/at which。
3)where引导状语从句时,从句前面也没有先行词,从句跟在实意动词后面，且where在主从句中都作成分, where= in/ at/n/ t the place where。
6. wh, whever, n matter wh
1)名词性从句的主语表示一个人时,用wh引导从句。
2)名词性从句表示任何人时,用whever引导从句, whever = anyne wh。
3) n matter wh-只能用来引导让步状语从句,主从句之间有逗号隔开。
4) wh-ever可以引导名词性从句也可以代替n matter wh-引导的状语从句。
7.名词性从句都用陈述语序。
8.从句作主语时,主句中的谓语动词一-般用单数,或者与表语保持一致。
专项练习
( ) 1. The difficulty lies, we have n mney.
in which B. in the fact that C. in the fact D. that
( ) 2. She's a different girl frm she was five years ag.
A. whm B. that C. wh D. what
( )3.That is happened t the tribe f Indians that then lived in is nw Plymuth.
what; which B. whatever; whichever
C. that; that D. what; what
( ) 4. They buried themselves in their studies in the belief they wuld serve their cuntry with their knwledge.
A. in which B. that c. which D. where
( ) 5. The reasn why she burst int tears was she didn't want t part with her friends.
A. because B. since C. fr D. that
( ) 6. The pssibilities many species f whales may becme extinct sn dn’t stp sme fishermen frm cntinuing t kill them.
/ B. f which c. that D. why
( )7. I like best bread and butter.
That; is B. That;are C. What;are D. What;is
( ) 8. Des it matter will represent us t attend the meeting?
yu think whever B. wh d yu think
C.yu think D. wh yu think
( )9. is me.
A. It rains r nt; n cncern fr
B. Whether it rains r nt; f n cncern t
C. If r nt it rains; n cncern abut
D. Whether r nt it rains; f n cncern with
( ) 10. Yu can imagine t skate r ski in Japan, Nrway r Canada!
hw much lve B. what great lve
C. hw funny lve D. what a lve
( ) 11. Mike's uncle insists in the htel.
A. staying nt B. nt t stay
C. that we wuld nt stay D. that he nt stay
( ) 12. We agreed t accept they thught was the best turist guide.
A. whatever B. whmever C. whichever D. whever
( ) 13. Althugh many peple view cnflict as bad, cnflict is smetimes useful it frces peple t test the relative merits f their attitudes and behavirs.
by which B. t which C. in that D.s that
( ) 14. It is essential that these applicatin frms .
A. must be sent as back as pssible B. will be sent back as pssible
C. are sent as quick as it can D. be sent back as sn as pssible
( ) 15. Our teacher recmmends that we as attentive as pssible when we visit the museum.
A. are B. shall be C. ught t be D. be
( ) 16. I suppse that when I cme back in ten years' time, all these ld huses dwn.
will have been pulled B. will have pulled
C.will be pulling D. will be pulled
( ) 17. There is the fact that failure is the mther f success.
A. n denying B. t nt deny C. nt t deny D. f denying
( ) 18. She lves the newly brn baby s much that her nly happiness lies in she can take care f her child by herself.
that B. what C. when D. where
( ) 19. What d yu think we shuld d with the plluted water?
A. that B./ C. hw D. which
( ) 20. What the dctrs really dubt is my mther will recver frm the serius disease sn.
when B. hw C. whether D. why
( ) 21. is n pssibility Bb can win the first prize in the match.
There; that B. There; whether C. It; whether D. It; that
( ) 22. He was asked f all the stries he had read was the mst interesting.
A. that B. what c. which D. as
( ) 23. The tw areas are similar they bth have a high rainfall during this seasn.
except that B. in that C. in which D. despite f
( ) 24. It is recmmended that the prject until all the preparatins have been made.
is nt started B. was nt started
C. will nt be started D. nt be started
( ) 25. We all agreed t the suggestin we have an uting, but we had a prblem we culd get there.
that; hw B. which; hw C. which; which D. that; that
综合练习
Ⅰ.用合适的连接代词或连接副词填空,每空只能填一个词:
1. We haven't discussed yet we are ging t place ur new furniture.
2. I want t be liked and lved fr I am inside.
3. - -Have yu finished the bk?
- -N, l've read up t the children discver the secret cave.
4. -I prefer shutting myself in and listening t music all day n Sundays.
-That's I dn't agree. Yu shuld have a mre active life.
5. Part f the reasn why Charles Dickens lved his wn nvel, David Cpperfield, was it was rather clsely mdeled n his wn life.
6. Hw much ne enjys himself travelling depends largely n he ges with, whether his friends r relatives.
7. She is very dear t us. We have been prepared t d it takes t save her life.
8. The fact has wrried many scientists the earth is becming warmer and warmer these years.
9. Culd I speak t is in charge f Internatinal Sales please?
10. One f the mst imprtant questins they had t cnsider was f public health.
11. The Hw t Bk can be f help t wants t d the jb.
12. As a new diplmat, he ften thinks f he can react mre apprpriately n such ccasins.
13. News came frm the schl ffice Wang Lin had been admitted t Peking University.
14. It is bvius t the students they shuld get well prepared fr their future.
15. -Is there any pssibility yu culd pick me up at the airprt?
-N prblem.
16. We shuld cnsider the students' request the schl library prvide mre bks n ppular science.
17. Many yung peple in the West are expected t leave culd be life's mst imprtant decisin- -marriage -almst entirely up t luck.
18. The little girl wh gt lst decided t remain she was and wait fr her mther,
19. The cmpanies are wrking tgether t create they hpe will. be the best means f transprt in the 21st century.
20. The last time we had great fun was we were visiting the Water Park.
21. A warm thught suddenly came t me. I might use the pcket mney t buy sme flwers fr my mther's birthday.
22. -It's thirty years since we last met.
-But I still remember the stry, believe it r nt, we gt lst n a rainy night.
See the flags n tp f the building? That was we did this mrning.
24. - -What did yur parents think abut yur decisin?
- -They always let me d l think I shuld,
25. makes this shp different is that it ffers mre persnal services.
26. Mary wrte an article n the team had failed t win the game.
27. Elephants have their wn way t tell the shape f an bject and it is rugh r smth.
28. D yu have any idea is actually ging n in the classrm?
29. Danby left wrds with my secretary he wuld call again in the afternn.
30. It makes n difference we'll share the ffice with.
31. I dn't knw they will d with this ld machine.
32. My idea is we shuld get mre peple t d the wrk.
33. yu can cure a patient r nt depends n yur skills.
34. It surprised me she had married three times.
35. In spite f has recently been dne t prvide mre buses fr peple, a shrtage f public vehicles in sme areas remains a serius prblem.
36. When we bserve the language behavir f we regard as primitive cultures, we find it surprisingly cmplicated.
37. Australia has ffered t send a small team f plice t help investigate the siege, included identifying victims and assisting the families t get ver is nw ne f the wrld's biggest tragedies.
38. Wrd gt rund quickly thrughut the cuntry the natinal wmen's vlleyball team had wn the champinship in the Olympic Games.
39. After seemed t be a lng time, the singer appeared n the stage, facing the excited audience.
40. Scientists are nt sure where the first plant was grwn r even plant it was.
41.It was he shwed us at the cnference shcked all f us.
42. des nt strike the hurs n a bell shuld nt be called a clck.
43. What he emphasized ver and ver again was n matter hw difficult it might be, they shuld never retreat even fr an inch.
44. We must make sure definite results will be achieved.
45. Evidence has been fund thrugh years f study children's early sleeping prblem is likely t cntinue when they grw up.
46. l made a prmise t myself this year, my first year in high schl, wuld be different.
47. The ntice came arund tw in the afternn the meeting wuld be pstpned.
48. N ne has given clear evidence Snwdn is a Chinese spy.
49. The limits f a persn's intelligence, generally speaking, are fixed at birth, but he reaches these limits will depend n his envirnment.
50. It desn't matter yu turn right r left at the crssing, bth rads lead t the park.
51. The newcmer went t the library the ther day and searched fr he culd find abut Mark Twain.
52. Scientists study human brains wrk t make cmputers.
53. As many as five curses are prvided, and yu are free t chse suits yu best.
54. Jerry did nt regret giving the cmment but felt he culd have expressed it differently.
55. It suddenly ccurred t him he had left his keys in the ffice.
56. Everyne in the village is very friendly. It desn’t matter yu have lived there fr a shrt r a lng time.
57. It is by n means clear the president can d t end the strike.
58. It desn’t matter yu pay by cash r credit card in this stre.
59. We prmise attends the party a chance t have a pht taken with the mvie star.
60. There is clear evidence the mst difficult feeling f all t interpret is bdily pain.
61. It is still under discussin the ld bus statin shuld be replaced with a mdern htel r nt.
62. It is nt always easy fr the public t see use a new inventin can be f t human life.
63. Befre a prblem can be slved, it must be bvius the prblem itself is.
64. The shcking news made me realize terrible prblems we wuld face.
65. It was never clear the man hadn't reprted the accident sner,
66. His writing is s cnfusing that it's difficult t make ut it is that he is trying t express.
67. Our teachers always tell us t believe in we d and wh we are if we want t succeed.
68. Twenty students want t attend the class that aims t teach t read fast.
69. When the news came the war brke ut, he decided t serve in the army,
70. Mdern science has given clear evidence smking can lead t many diseases.
71. I'd like t start my wn business- that's I’d d if I had the mney.
72. Despite the fact they lacked fd, the explrers cntinued twards the gal.
73. Prtable videphnes will shw us is happening at the ther end f the line.
74. I have n idea the jurnalist culd have gt his infrmatin frm.
75. cmes will be welcmed t the pen-air cncert,
Ⅱ.用括号里所给的单词或短语,翻译下列句子。
1.关键的是你有没有尽力去完成这个任务。(what)

2.令我惊异的是通过努力这么多人打破了世界纪录。(what)

3.令我高兴的是我一直梦想的学校,复旦大学录取了我。(what)

4.他是否抢劫了银行有待于进一步调查。(whether)

5.明天会不会举行运动会取决于天气。(whether)

6.他没有准时出席会议的原因是他遇到交通堵塞了。(that)

7.我妈妈伤心的原因是丢了一个包,这个包里装了很多重要文件。(that)

8.他在会议上解释的这次事故的原因是有人玩忽职守。(that)

9.医生逐渐意识到了医院的环境对病情恢复是很重要的。(that)

10.他感到艺术家在现代社会中失去了地位,艺术应该为更多的观众所喜欢。(that)

11.我们是否开始试验取决于我们是否获得足够的钱。(whether)

12.困难在于这个事实:国家与国家对人口增长的态度不同。(that)

13.孩子长大后,要鼓励他们做力所能及的家务。(whatever)

14.越来越多的大学生面临着这样一个事实:找一份合适的工作实属不易。(face)

15.毫无疑问政府会采取措施来阻止疾病的蔓延。(dubt)

16.会议是否会如期举行还没有被最后决定。(decide)

17.中国参加了世贸组织不仅是个巨大的挑战。而且是个很好的机遇。(nt nly.. but als)

18.据报道，到目前为止,已经有91个孩子在洪水中失去了生命。(ID)

19.人类不得不接受这样一个事实;由于温室效应，全球气候正在变暖。(because f)

20.金属为什么能导电是个有趣的问题。(cnduct)

21.这一理论最初是什么时候形成的,现在还不知道。(frm)

22.人类不可能受机器人的控制。(There is n pssibility)

23.关于我们开发本地区自然资源的建议已经被讨论过了。(develp)

24.现在我们要做的最重要的事是保护那些正受到灭绝威胁的野生动物。(threaten)

25.纸是中国首先造出来的,这是事实。(that)

26.他已经说清楚了他与这件事无关。(it)

27.他说的话没有一句是真的。(what)

28.这取决于你是否想做这件事。(whether)

29. 他们就何时何地举行这次多国会议达成了一致意见。(when and where)

30.我们以前似乎在哪儿见过。(that)

31.他看起来像一只快乐的小鸟，总在歌唱。(as if)

32.你们的任务是在六点钟以前想尽一切办法找些吃的回来,否则，今晚我们就得挨饿。(that)

33.我对你们学英语的建议就是多读，多听,多写。(that)

34.我不知道他们去了哪里。(idea)

35.我们必须面对这个事实。即我们已经花光了所有的钱。(fact)

36.他要医院给他做出解释的要求是合理的。(that)

37.她的头发变白了,这使她有点担心。(it..).

38.你想象不到他们在收到这份精美的礼物时有多么激动。(hw)

39.问题是我们应该做什么来帮助他。(what)

40.你同意我们后天去旅行的计划吗? (that)

41.什么时候,怎样回家那是他自己的决定。(when and hw)

42.哪一支球队会取胜还不-定。(which)

43.三天后,我们听到了这样的消息:中国又发射一 颗人造卫星。(wrd)

44.运动会这个星期或是下星期开都没有关系。(make n difference)

45.我们现在做的以前从来没有做过。(what)

第三章 状语从句
i.时间状语从句1. when, while, as
1)表示主句的动作正在进行的过程中，从句的动作发生了,这时候when,while,as可以换用,来引导从句。
2)当表示两个短暂性动作同时发生时，用when,as引导从句。
2.只能用when的几种情况
1)当主句的谓语是be ding sth.,从句的动作突然发生时:
2)当主句的谓语是be abut t d时,从句的动作突然发生时;
3)当主句的谓语是be ging t d时,从句的动作突然发生时:
4)当主句的谓语是be n the pint f ding时,从句的动作突然发生时。
5)当主句的谓语动词是had just dne sth.时,从句的动作突然发生时。6) when it cmes ...意为“当谈到”
3.用while的情况
1) while引导的时间状语从句的谓语必须是延续性动词,而不能是非延续性动词。
2) while可以表示主、从句所言的两种情况相反或相对比，可译为“而",但此时while引导的不是时间状语从句。
4.只能用as的情况
1) as表示“随着”之意时;
2) as表示“一边一边”时:
3)当表示主、从句两个短暂性动作同时发生时。
5.表示“一就”的连词或短语
1) as sn as,当主句是一-般将来时,从句必须用一般现在时表示将来(主将从现)。
2)在 结构中，当hardly/scarcely/n sner放在句首时,主句必须用倒装语序;主句的时态须用过去完成时,从句须用一般过去时。
3) the mment, the minute, the secnd, the instant相当于连词引导时间状语从句。4) immediately, instantly, directly 相当于连词引导时间状语从句。
6.every mrning,every evening, every time,every day，every year(每……).相当于连词引导时间状语从句。
7.“it was+时间点+ when从句”
it指时间点,时间前无介词，when从句是状语从句。
8.befre
1)表示“没有来得及做某事..”主句经常用过去完成时,从句用一般过去时。
2)“it was( nt)+- -段时间+ befre从句( - -般过去时)”
主句是肯定句时,意为“过多长时”主句是否定句时,意为“没过多久就”.
3) “it will be( nt)+一段时间+ befre从句(一般现在时)”
主句是一般将来时,从句要用一般现在时表示将来。
9. until
1)（nt）肯定句中主句的谓语动词必须是延续性动词;否定句中主句的谓语动词经常是非延续性动词,也可以是延续性动词。
2) It was nt 强调从句时需把nt until引导的从句放在主句前。
3) nt until在句首时,主句要部分倒装。
4) until= till,但是在句首时,只能用until。
10. since
1) since 从句总是与时态是现在完成时的主句连用，从句用一般过去时。
2)“It is/has been+一段时间十since从句”意为‘从到现在多久了”。
如果表示现在,主句用一般现在时或现在完成时,从句用一般过去时。
如果表示过去,主句用一般过去时,从句用过去完成时;或者主句用过去完成时,从句用一般过去时。
如果从句的谓语是延续性动词或者是表示状态的动词,所表示的时间是从该动作结束起。
sme time has passed since...表示“到现在多久过去了”。
11.时间状语从句的时态一致
1)当主句是一般将来时时，时间状语从句必须用一般现在时表示将来。
2)当主句是一般将来时时,若时间状语从句强调动作完成,从句也可以用现在完成时。
12. the first time, the last time, next time, each time相当于连词引导时间状语从句。
13. By the time引导时间状语从句时,主句谓语动词需用完成时态。
专项练习
( ) 1. A gd stryteller must be able t hld his listeners' curisity he reached the end f the stry.
when B. unless C. after D. until
( ) 2. He transplanted the little tree t the garden it was the best time fr it.
A. where B. when c. that D. until
( ) 3. He was abut t tell me the secret smene patted him n the shulder.
as B. until c. while D. when
( )4. yu understand this rule, yu'll have n further difficulty.
A. While B. Once C. Thugh D. Unless
( ) 5. Substances will expand r cntract heated r cled, but this is nt the case with water.
when they will be B. if they will be C. as they being D. when
( )6.It will nt be lng man can harness the slar energy and make it serve mankind.
A. since B. befre C. when D. after
( ) 7. It was fund that althugh the girl culd perceive things with her fingers, this ability ceased her hands were wet.
A. the mment when B. the mment C. in that mment D. befre
( ) 8. A man escaped frm the prisn last night. It was a lng time the guards discvered what had happened.
befre B. until C. since D. when
( ) 9. We hadn't met fr 20 years, but I recgnized her l saw her.
the mment B. the mment when
C. fr the mment D. at the mment when
( )10. he entered the university, his English has been much imprved.
Befre B. After C. When D. Since
( ) 11. He has been t Beijing fr several times he came t China.
befre B. when C. since D. as
( ) 12. I watched him he disappeared frm sight in the distance.
unless B. until C. as D. when
( ) 13. It was ging t be sme time he wuld see his parent again.
A. since B. until C. when D. befre
( ) 14. Many yung peple rse and shuted the pp singer appeared n the stage.
at the mment B. n seeing c. the mment D. when they saw
( )15. he made up his mind t d smething, nthing can change his mind.
A. Once B. Unless C. Althugh D.As sn as
( ) 16. They had nly been married fr n mre than three mnths they began t quarrel with each ther.
since B. until C. after D. befre
( ) 17. Scarcely had I finished the wrk I went hme.
befre B. than c. as D. when
( ) 18. We were walking dwn the street he saw ne f his ld friends.
then B. when C. s D. but
( ) 19.It he returns t his native land.
is lng befre that B. is lng befre
C. wnt be lng befre D. will be lng since
( )20. the Eurpeans knew what a cmpass was, the Chinese had put it int practical use.
A. Befre lng B. Since C. After D. Lng befre
( )21. n a clear day far frm the city crwds, the muntains give him a sense f infinite peace.
Walking B. When ne is walking
C. If walking D. When walking
( ) 22. I thught him a pleasant persn t wrk with l met him.
the first time B. fr the first time C. first time D. by the first time
( ) 23. He has been in hspital he had his right leg brken last mnth.
A. because B. when C. after D. since
( )24. he decided t g there alne, nne f us can stp him.
A. Once B. Unless C. Befre D. Since
( ) 25. Ding yur hmewrk is a sure way t imprve yur test scres, and this is especially true it cmes t the classrm tests.
A. befre B. as C. since D. when
ii.地点状语从句;
1. where 引导的状语从句表示特定的地点。
1) where= in/ n/ t/at the place where
2) where 引导的状语从句经常在谓语动词后,从句前没有先行词。
3)在状语从句中，where不能像引导定语从句那样可与in/n/at/t which互换。
2. wherever 引导的状语从句表示非特定的地点。
1) wherever= in/ n/ t/at any place where
2) wherever 可引导地点状语也可以引导让步状语从句。
3)引导地点状语从句时,从句总是放在主句的谓语动词后面,而引导让步从句时,从句总是放在主句前面。
3.由-where 构成的复合词也可以引导地点状语从句，常见的复合词是: anywhere, everywhere。
4.地点状语也可采取无动词从句结构。如: where ( ver) pssible, where necessary,wherever feasible等。
( ) 1, I have kept this picture . I can see it every day, as it always reminds me f schl days in America.
which B. where c. whether D. when
( ) 2. Yu shuld be firm yu think yurself t be right.
in which B. where c. what D. hwever
( )3.- -Where d yu plan t g?
- -I've made up my mind t g I'm mst needed.
A. t the place B. t which C. that D. where
( )4. human beings live in great numbers, the waters are very likely t becme cntaminated.
That B. Where C. Even if D. Thugh
( ) 5. There were dirty marks n her trusers she had wiped her hands.
where B. which C. when D. that
( ) 6. Dn't leave that sharp knife ur little Jane can get it,
A. in which B. t which C. that D. where
( ) 7. I can't remember the sitting rm my mther and I used t sit in the evening.
A. what B. which C. that D. where
( ) 8. When yu read the bk, yu’d better make a mark yu have any questins.
A. at which B. at where C. the place where D. where
( )9.Sit yu like.
any place B. wherever C. any place where D. any place that
( ) 10. They must g we send them.
t the place which B. t any place that
C. there where D. wherever
ii.条件状语从句
1.当主句是一般将来时时,条件状语从句必须用一般现在时表示将来。
2. if 表示正面的条件, unless表示反面的条件, unless=i
3. if 可以引导虚拟条件句,其他连词不可以。
4. if nly引导的从句谓语必须用虚拟语气。而nly if(只要)引导从句用陈述语气,主句语序需要部分倒装。
5. s/as lng as意为“只要”。
6. suppsing that= suppse that 表示假设。
7. prviding ( that)= prvided (that)意为“如果,只要”。
8. n cnditin that表示“为条件”。
9. in case= fr fear that 意为“以免，以防”。
10. given that意为“倘若考虑到。.
11.可与含有if条件状语从句的复合句进行转换的两个句型:
1)祈使句/名词短语+ and/r+简单句(两个句子主语一致)
Think hard and yu'll have a gd idea. s
If yu think hard, yu'll have a gd idea.Thinking hard, yu'll have a gd idea.
2)分词,+简单句(分词作状语相当于状语从句)
12.当will, shall 用于条件从句中时,不表示将来时间，而是表示现在的意愿、意图等。
专项练习
( ) 1. I think ur bat can pass the treacherus water cautiusly handled.
until B. if c. lest D. with
( ) 2. I'll give yu a lift I get hme yu set ff.
befre; if B. after; as c. if; befre D. until; befre
( ) 3. Yu'll succeed in time yu study hard.
A. unless B. as lng as C. even if D. even thugh
( ) 4. The rbber tld him that he had better keep silent he wanted t get int truble.
A. if B. unless c. therwise D. whether
( ) 5. I have made a prmise anyne can tell me the secret, I'll give him a little present.
that if B. that c. when D. s lng as
( ) 6. Dn’t let her leave the department she is nt ready t.
if B. thugh C. unless D. till
( ) 7. I wrte these wrds dwn I shuld frget.
fr B. s C. lest D. since
( )8.We are sure t d the wrk well we dn't lse heart.
fr B. s lng as c. as if D. since
( ) 9. He wuld be punished he shuld make the same mistake again.
A. unless B. if c. in case D. lest
( ) 10. Anyne can brrw bks frm this library he keeps them clean and returns them in time.
A. even if B. unless C. s that D. as lng as
( )11. yu return thse bks t the library immediately, yu will have t pay a fine.
A. Until B. Unless C. If D. Prvided
( ) 12. The parents did nt allw their sn t swim in the sea he might have an accident sme day.
fr fear that B. in case f C. besides D. and that
( ) 13. It is a gripping stry and ne cant put it dwn ne has finished reading it.
after B. when c. unless D. until
( ) 14. They agreed t rent the huse the rf shuld be repaired.
A. n cnditin that B. as sn as C. when D. unless
( ) 15. The mre civilized man has becme, he is limited by the disadvantage f his envirnment.
A. and the mre B. the less C. less D. and the less
iv.原因状语从句
1. because 意为“因为"。
1)回答why引出的疑问句,只能用because 回答。
2)对原因状语从句强调时,只能强调because 引导的状语从句。
3)与nt连用,构成并列because分句时,只能用because。
4)在nly, just, simply等强调词语后,只能用because。
2. as意为“由于”,语气比because弱。3. since= nw that 意为“既然”。
1) since 引导的从句总是位于主句前面。
2)表示明显的原因或事实。
3) nw that具有时间概念,所引导的从句中的谓语动词多为现在时态。
4. fr 意为“因为"。
1)经常把结果当原因,即用于倒果为因的说法,为主句所说的话提供推断的理由。
2) fr引导的从句只能放在主句后面而且需用逗号与主句隔开。
5. in that是复合连词，意为“因为;在于;方面”。
6. cnsidering that= seeing that意为“既 ;考虑到”介词短语+that n the grunds fr the reasn that... by reasn fr fear that...
8.复合介词十the fact n accunt f the fact in view f the fact that...,. wing t the fact due t the fact that... .
专项练习
( ) 1. Parents shuld take seriusly their children's request fr sunglasses eye prtectin is necessary in sunny weather.
because B. thugh C. unless D. if
( )2. the weather was fine, I pened all the windws.
As B. Because f C. Fr D. With
( )3. yu wuldn't like t g there, yu might as well stay here.
Even if B. Even c. Nw that D. Althugh
( )4. time went n, what ur teacher said prved true.
As B. Since c. With D. Because
( ) 5. He married her he lved her but because he was indebted t her.
A. because nt B. nt because C. because D. thugh
v.让步状语从句
1. althugh 引导的让步状语从句不能倒装,经常放在主句之前。
2. thugh 引导的让步状语从句可以倒装,也可以不倒装,可以放在主句前后。
3. as意为“尽管”
1)引导的让步状语从句必须倒装。
2)倒装是把从句的表语提前,表语是名词时,名词前不用冠词，但名词前有形容词修饰且该名词为单数时不定冠词不能省略。
3)没有表语时,将状语提前。
4)没有状语时,将部分谓语提前。
4. even if= even thugh 意为“即使"。
5. while= althugh意为“虽然”,从句只能放主句前面,而且不能倒装。
6. wh-ever 意为“无论”.如: whatever(= n matter what), whenever( = n matter when), wherever( = n matter where), whever(= n matter wh)，whichever(= n matter which), hwever ( = n matter hw)。
1) whever, whatever, whichever 可以引导状语从句,也可以引导名词性从句。
2) n matter wh-只能引导让步状语从句,不能引导名词性从句。
3) whenever, wherever, hwever只能引导让步状语从句,不能引导名词性从句。
4)“hwever +形容词/副词+动词+主语+谓语+ that-从句”引导让步状语从句，而“hw+形容词/副词+主语+谓语!"构成感叹句。
5)“whatever+形容词+名词+动词+主语+谓语+that从旬"构成含有让步状语从句的复合句，而“what+形容词+名词+主语+谓语!”构成感叹句。
7. hwever +形容词/副词= n matter hw+形容词/副词意为“无论多么...
8. ( nt)意为“无论(是否)”。
9. despite the fact in spite f the fact that = regardless f the fact that 意为“不管”。
10.让步状语从句都不能与but连用。
11. that 有时=as,也可引导让步状语从句,这时从句须倒装，其倒装形式与as 从句相同。
12.用-ed粉刺结构表示让步状语。
13.用-ing分词结构表示让步状语。
14.用无动词分句表示让步概念。
专项练习
( )1. , Mther will wait fr him t have dinner tgether.
Hwever late is he B. Hwever he is late
C. Hwever is he late D. Hwever late he is
( ) 2. If we wrk with a strng will, we can vercme any difficulty, great it is.
what B. hw c. hwever D. whatever
( )3 , I have never seen anyne wh's as capable as Jhn.
As lng as I have traveled B. Nw that I have traveled s much
C.Much as 1 have traveled D. As I have traveled s much
( ) 4. -Dad, I've finished my assignment.
- -Gd, and yu play r watch TV, yu mustn't disturb me.
A. whenever B. whether c. whatever D. n matter
( ) 5. If that idea is wrng, the prject is bund t fail, gd all the ther ideas might be.
A. whatever B. what C. hw D. hwever
( )6. ,I have never read any article as gd as this ne.
As I have read much B. Nw that I have read s much
C. Much as I have read D. As I have read s much
( )7. we want t help each ther, we shuld pint ut each ther' 's shrtcmings.
Nw that B. Althugh C. Unless D. When
( ) 8. - -Did yu enjy yurself at the party?
- -Yes, I didn't knw anybdy.
even B. even thugh C. as if D. as thugh
( ) 9. difficulties we meet, we will always keep n trying t d ur best.
Hw B. Hwever C. What D. Whatever
( ) 10. Naughty Tm is, he is never late his hmewrk.
A. as; fr B. thugh; with c. that; by D. while; with
( ) 11. The landwners in India wuld nt vte t lse their land and wealth, it resulted a fairer sciety.
whether; f B. even thugh; f C. as if; in D. even if; in
( ) 12. N matter hw , he culdn't d any better.
he wrked hard B. hard he wrked
C. hardly he wrked D. he wrked hardly
( ) 13. My father desn’t want t buy a car nw, he needs ne in fact.,
but B.s: C. because D. thugh
( )14. Shanghai many times, but he still desn't knw the city very well.
He has been t B. He has gne t
C. Thugh he has been t D. Having been t
( ) 15. life in a pr cuntry can be difficult, it can braden a persn's view f the wrld.
A. If B. Althugh C. Because D. When
( )16. it is that yu've fund, yu must give it back t the persn it belngs t.
A. That B. Because c. Whatever D. Hwever
( ) 17. He gave up the hpe f passing the examinatin he had already failed it twice.
unless B. if c. since D. until
( )18. as he is, he has rich experience in teaching.
A. The yung B. The yung man C. A yung man D. Yung man
( ) 19. Rd is determined t get a seat fr the cncert it means standing in a queue all night.
as if B. prvided C. even if D. whatever
( ) 20. The engineers are ging n with their highway prject, the expenses have risen.
A. even thugh B. just because C. nw that D. as thugh
vi.比较状语从句
1. than,as 后面的主语若是人称代词，该代词既可用主格,也可用宾格。若代词后面还有动词,则只能用主格。
2.表示相同程度的比较
1) as+原级十as
2) the same ( +表示量度的名词)+as
3)从句中,若副词as后面的形容词修饰-一个名词时,注意语序应为“as+形容词+名词+as"。
3.表示较高程度的比较
1)“the+ 比较级 the+比较级...意为.“越...就越
2) the+形容词比较级+ f+名词
3)当形容词比较级修饰可数名词作定语时,前面通常加不定冠词。
4)当形容词比较级表示两者之间较为突出者时,前面通常加定冠词。
4.表示最高程度时的结构
1) the+ 最高级+比较范围
2)比较级+ than+ any ther+名词单数=比较级+ than+ any f the ther+名词复数=比较级+ than+ anyne else/anybdy else/ anything else
3)“比较级+ than+ any+名词单数”表示比较双方不属于同一范围。
4)否定词+
5)否定词+比较级
6) secnd t nne意为“首屈一指,最好”。
7)有时候形容词最高级前面不加冠词或加不定冠词，表示“非常”。
5.表示“最之一”
1) amng+形容词最高级+名词复数
2) ne f the+形容词最高级+名词复数
6.表示较低程度的比较
1) nt+ as/s+原级+as2) less+原级+ than
7.可以修饰比较级的词有:rather, much, many, sill, even, far, any, a bit, a little, a lt, a great deal以及表示倍数和度量的名词。
1) many修饰的比较级后面接可数名词。
2) much修饰的比较级后面接不可数名词。
8.可以用于修饰最高级的副词有almst, nearly, much, very, by far, the next, the+序数词等。
9.表示倍数的比较结构
1) A is twice/ three times, etc. + bigger/lnger/higher/lder, etc. + than B
2) A is three times/fur times, etc.+as big/lng/high/ld, etc. +as B
3) A is three times/fur times, etc.+ the size/length/height/age, etc.+f B
4) B is ne-third/ne furth, etc.+ the size/ length/height/width/age, etc.+f A
10.比较状语从句中的省略
1) than引导从句时,从句中常常省略与主句相同的部分。
2)than引导的从句中,常用代动词d或其他助动词或情态动词代替与主句相同的部分。
3)从句中用ne,that或thse分别代替主句中的相应可数名词单数.不可数名词或可数名词复数。
4) than+ ever/befre/usual/ never/ was reprted/was necessary/t d sth.
( ) 1. In recent years, travel cmpanies have succeeded in selling us the idea that the further we g, .
ur hliday will be better B. ur hliday will be the better
C. the better ur hliday will be D. the better will ur hliday be
( ) 2. Jhn plays ftball ， if nt better than, David.
as well B. as well as C. s well D. s well as
( ) 3. Hw beautifully she sings! I have never heard .
the better vice B. a gd vice C. the best vice D. a better vice
( ) 4. "The clth is magnificent!" they said.
the mst B. very mst C. mst D. much mre
( ) 5. I've gt wrk t d n such a cld day.
much t; much t B. t much; t much
C. t much; much t D. much t; t much
vii.方式状语从句和目的状语从句
1.as if=as thugh意为“好像,仿佛",两者用法相同,从句既可以用陈述语气也可以用虚拟语气。
2. as 意为“像……犹如……，正如……”。
3. the way意为...的方式”,相当于the way( that/in which)引导的定语从句。
4.目的状语从句的谓语动词通常含有may, might, can, culd 等情态动词;从句若为否定
句,谓语多用shuld结构。
5. lest, in case和fr fear (that)意为“以防”，引导目的状语从句(in case还有“万一”的
意思)。
s that引导的从句通常位于主句之后;而in rder that引导的从句可以位于主句的前后。
7. s that既可以引导目的状语从句，也可以引导结果状语从句。当从句谓语中含有情态动词时,该从句是目的状语从句;若从句谓语不用情态动词，而多用动词过去式时,该从句是结果状语从句。
8. that, s都可以引导目的状语从句
专项练习
( ) 1. He spke in a careless way he cared nthing abut it.
as if B. thugh C. even if D. even thugh
( ) 2. When a gun was pinting against yur head, yu shuld d
like yu were tld t B. as t what tld t
C. like what yu were tld t D. as yu were tld t
( ) 3. Helen listened carefully she might discver exactly what Jhn wanted.
A. s as that B. in case C. prviding D. in rder that
( ) 4. Just tell me what subject yu'd like me t talk n I culd get sme ntes ready.
s that B. in rder C.s D. just as
( ) 5. Jhn may phne again tnight. I dn’t want t g ut he phnes.
as lng as B. in rder that C. in case D. s that
( ) 6. She des everything her father des.
that way B. the way c. the way which D. which
( ) 7. She desn't enjy her jb the way she used t.
A. which B. where C./ D. by which
viii.结果状语从句
1. s that, 都可以引导结果状语从句。
2. s+形容词/副词+ that从句
3. s十形容词+a/an+名词十that 从句
4. such+形容词十名词十that从句
5. such+形容词+名词(复数/不可数)+ that从句
6. such+a/an+形容词+名词+ that从句= s+形容词+ a/an+名词+ that从句
7. s+ many/much/few/little (少)+名词+ that从句
8. s/such+形容词/副词,放在句首时,主句要部分倒装。
9. that 可以单独用来引导结果状语从句。
10. with the result that引导结果状语从句。
专项练习
( )1.He has that it is difficult fr him t travel.
such heavy a wrk lad B. t heavy a wrk lad
C. s heavy a wrk lad D. much heavy a wrk lad
( )2.She was s angry at all he was ding she walked ut, and clsed the dr.
A. that; that B. what; that C. what; as D. that; which
( ) 3. There was such a lng line at the exhibitin we had t wait fr abut half an hur,
as B. that C. s D. hence
( )4. that I culdn't supprt myself at that mment.
I was weak enugh B. I was t weak
C. S weak I was D. S weak was I
ix.关于状语从句的其他问题
1. as/s far as“至于/就”可以引导状语从句，表示程度、范围等。
1) as/s far as sb. knw据某人所知
2) as/s far as sb. can see在某人看来
3) as/s far as sb. judge据某人判断
4) as/s far as sth./sb. be cncerned就某人/某事而言,对某人/某事来说
5) as/s far as sth. ges就某事而言(专项练习4)
2.状语从句的省略条件
1)主、从句的主语-致,或者从句的主语是it。
2)从句谓语动词的主要形式是be的某种形式。
3.几种常见的可省略的状语从句
1) if/unless+主语+ be的条件状语从句
2) althugh/ thugh/even if/even thugh+主语+be的让步状语从句
3) when/ while/ as/ befre/after/until/ till+主语+ be的时间状语从句
4) as/as if十主语+be的方式状语从句5) as/ than+主语+ be的比较状语从句
4.状语从句省略后的几种情况:
1)连词+形容词(if necessary/pssible/ when very yung/wherever pssible等)
2)连词+名词(as if a fl/ althugh a child等)
3)连词+分词( when arriving/until asked t/even if invited t/ than expected等)
4)连词+不定式(as if t speak等)
5)连词+介词短语( while at cllege/as if in search f smething等)
专项练习
( ) 1. I knw, the cmputer can never take the place f the human brain.
As fr B. As lng as c. S far fr D.S far as
( )2.If he will help yu ut f the difficulty,
he is pssible B. it was pssible c. pssible D. was pssible
( ) 3. Althugh his best in maths these days, he has still gt n gd marks.
he des B. he ding C. is ding D. ding
( ) 4. It's a perfectly gd law , but it desn't deal with the real prblems.
as far as it ges B. as lng as it ges
C.s lng as it ges D.s far as I knw
( ) 5. The by will make a lt f truble when alne.
leaving B. leave C. left D. being left
( ) 6. Try t explain this new thery and give actual examples .
A. if it needed B. when necessary
C. where they are pssible D. when yu are pssible
( )7.If , his experiment will be successful.
d carefully B. did carefully C. carefully dne D. ding carefully
( )8 in the dark his head hit against a tree.
When walking B. When he was walking
C.Walked D. He was walking
( ) 9. -Will yu g and attend her party?
- -N, invited t.
if B. when C. fr nt D. even if
( ) 10. Yu mustn’t tuch it unless .
A. asking t d B. asked t C. asking t D. t be asked
综合练习
Ⅰ.用可以引导状语从句或者链接并列句的核实的连词填空；
well prepared yu are, yu still need a lt f luck in muntain climbing.
2. We'll have a picnic in the park this Sunday it rains r it's very cld.
3. All peple, they are ld r yung, rich r pr, have been trying their best t help thse in need since the disaster.
4. hungry I am, I never seem t be able t finish ff this laf f bread.
5. I used t lve that film was a child, but I dn't feel it that way any mre.
6. Yu’d better nt leave the medicine. kids can get at it.
7. Animals suffered at the hands f Man they were destryed by peple t make way fr agricultural land t prvide fd fr mre peple.
8. - -D yu have a minute? I've gt smething t tell yu.
- -Ok, yu make it shrt.
9. Dn't prmise anything yu are ne hundred percent sure.
10. the Internet is f great help, I dn’t think it's a gd idea t spend t much time n it.
11. - -What was the party like?
- -Wnderful. It's years I enjyed myself s much.
12. Mther was wrried because little Alice was ill, especially her father was away in France.
13. Why d yu want a new jb yu gt such a gd ne already?
14. After the war, a new schl building was put up there had nce been a theatre.
15. Yu will be late yu leave immediately.
16. If we wrk with a strng will, we can vercme any difficulty, great it is.
17. She desn't speak her friend, but her written wrk is excellent.
18. We'll build a pwer statin water resurces are plentiful.
19. the rain has stpped, let's cntinue t wrk.
20. peple say, I am sure that the by is hnest.
21. I knew Mr. Green lng I knew Mrs. Green.
22. They waited it was dark befre leaving, they didn't want anyne t see them leave.
23. ften yu ring, n ne will answer,
24. Father was busy in wrking he ften frgt rest r meals.
25. We made a decisin that there wuld be rain, we shuld stay at hme.
26. I usually watch TV in the evening I have t study fr an examinatin.
27. I had lived there fr ver thirty years I wanted t return t my mtherland again.
28. Yu will catch cld yu put n mre clthes.
29. he wke slept, this subject is always in his mind.
30. We had hardly gt t the statin it began t rain.
31. They were surprised that a child shuld wrk ut the prblem they themselves culdn't.
32. My name is Rbert, mst f my friends call me Bb fr shrt.
33. difficulties are ahead, we are sure t make greater achievements.
34. Peple dn't knw the value f health they lse it.
35. I didn't help him, nt I was unwilling.
36. I really wnder he has psted me many parcels we wrked tgether.
37. the desert can be called a sea, the camels are the ships in the sea.
38. One never expects his success t cme he decides t take up hard wrk.
39. yu talk t smene r write a message, yu shw yur skills t thers.
40. Try he might, he culdn’t get ut f difficulty.
41. Leave yur key with yur neighbr yu lck yurself ut ne day.
42. If yu happen t get lst in the wild, yu'd better stay yu are and wait fr help.
43. Ht the night air was, we slept deeply because we were s tired after the lng jurney.
44. One's life has value ne brings value t the life f thers.
45. hard yu try, it is difficult t lse weight withut cutting dwn the amunt yu eat.
46. I always felt I wuld pass the exam, I never thught I wuld get an A.
47. -Cach, can I cntinue with the training?
- Srry, yu can't yu haven't recvered frm the knee injury.
48.A number f high buildings have arisen there was nthing a year ag but ruins.
49. He smiled plitely Mary aplgized fr her drunken friends.
50. It is hard fr the Greek gvernment t get ver the present difficulties it gets mre financial supprt frm the Eurpean Unin.
51. Yu can brrw my car yu prmise nt t drive t fast.
52. All the phtgraphs in this bk, stated therwise, date frm the 1950s.
53. -Lk at thse cluds!
-Dn't wrry. it rains, we'll still have a great time.
I had hardly gt t the ffice my wife phned me t g back hme at nce.
Everything was placed exactly he wanted it fr the graduatin ceremny.
56. I dn't believe we've met befre, I must say yu d lk familiar.
57. Tm lked upn the test as an bstacle his classmates regarded it as a challenge.
58. yu take a pht, yu shuld always check the psitin f the sun.
59. The plice fficers in ur city wrk hard the rest f us can live a safe life.
60. T shw ur respect, we usually have t take ur glves ff. we are t shake hands with.
61. Jack wasn't saying anything, but the teacher smiled at him he had dne smething very clever.
62. vlleyball is her main fcus, she's als great at basketball.
63. If a lt f peple say a film is nt gd, 1 wn't bther t see it, r I'll wait it cmes ut n DVD.
64. Please call my secretary fr a meeting this afternn, r it is cnvenient t yu.
65. One Friday, we were packing t leave fr a weekend away my daughter heard cries fr help.
66. It was April 29, 2011 Prince William and Kate Middletn walked int the palace hall fr the wedding ceremny.
67. Frank insisted that he was nt asleep I had great difficulty in waking him up.
68. As is reprted, it is 100 years Tsinghua University was funded.
69. He always thinks I'm wrng, I may say.
70. He had n sner finished his speech the students started cheering,
71. I ften visited Tian An Men Square I was staying in Beijing.
72. regular exercise is very imprtant, it's never a gd idea t exercise t clse t bedtime.
73. all f them are strng candidates, nly ne will be chsen fr the pst.
74. sme peple cme here fr a shrt break, thers have decided t stay frever.
75. Viewers cntinue t watch TV they cmplain abut the quality f the prgramming.
I.用括号里所给的核心词或短语，翻译下列句子。
1.他们喜欢去有海的地方旅游。(where)

2.因为昨晚下雨了,所以地面很湿。(because)

3.昨晚一定下雨了,因为地面很湿。(must)

4.既然大家都明白了,咱们开始吧。(since)

5.为了能赶上第一班车,他很早就起床了。(s that)

6.他起床很早,结果赶上了第一班车。()

7.他立刻关掉电源以防火灾。(s that)

8.我不会去参加那个聚会的,除非受到邀请。(unless)

9.只要你相信我,我会帮你实现目标的。(As lng as)

10.一旦你失去信心,就会失去一切。(nce)

11.即使人人都这么说，我还是不愿相信这是真的。(even if)

12.不管你同意与否,我都会选择这所大学。(whether)

13.无论你是谁,都要出示通行证。(N matter wh)

14.无论你走到哪里,我都会和你在一起。 (N matter where)

15.请按照我告诉你的去做这个实验。(as)

16.你听英语越多,你的口语就越好。(the mre)

17.当你离开教室的时候,不要忘记关窗和灯。(when)

18.从两年前离开上海以来,我一-直住在伦敦。(since)

19.昨天珍妮一到家,天就开始下雨了。(as sn as)

20.这个婴儿直到看见他妈妈才停止哭泣。(until)

21.今天晚上我不去参加聚会了,因为我有很多作业要做。(because)

22.因为期末考试还剩下一周的时间了,同学们都很忙。(there be, t g)

23.由于这些产品都具备相似的效果,你可以任选一款。(since)

24.他坐到老人的对面以便听得更清楚。(s that)

25.似乎过了好-会儿才轮到我。(befre)

26.结婚未满月,夫妻已反目。(befre)

27.直到服用了这种新药他才苏醒过来。(nt .. until)

28.当他在舞台上表演时,他的父母一直就座在看台上。(seat)

29.当他读了这些书后,他已经在英语上领先班里其他的同学了。(ahead)

30.这台录音机体积很小，可以把它放在你的口袋里。()

31.他坚持己见，因为他深信自己做得正确。(because)

32.就算你说的对,我仍然认为你错了。(even if)

33.反正关系不大,二十四小时候以后他们就要自由了。(because)

34.我们正准备离开了，一辆警车来了。(when)

35.在有疑问的地方作个记号。(where)

36.那台机器的大部分零件将不用金属而用塑料制成，为的是大大减少其重量。(instead f)

37.她一次次地重复同样的故事，结果人人都对此厌倦了。(s that)

38.他的父母几乎满足他的所有要求,以致他被宠坏了。(meet ne's requirement)

39.这件事一旦公之于世,会马上被搬上银幕。(Once)

40.每次我见到这本书就使我想起爷爷讲的话(remind)

41.史密斯先生第一次去杭州,就被西湖的美所打动。(the first time)

42.他结束演讲的时候,听众掌声雷动。(as)

43.他刚说出这些话,大家就沉默下来。(directly)

44.机器发生故障时,就把电门关上。(when)

45.若无外力的作用时,静止的物体不会移动。(until)

46.如果没有有关当局的批准,我们不能开始这项工作。(until)

47.气体不同于固体是因为(就在于)它没有固定的形状。(in that)

48. 理论之所以有价值，是因为它能给实践指出方向。(because)

49.我之所以教书并不是因为教书对我来说很容易。(because)

50.机器停了下来,并不是因为燃料耗尽了。(because)

51.万一把他们捉到了,那就更好了。(in case)

52.毫无疑问，我本来是可以赚到一点的,如果我真有那样打算的话。(if)

53.不管我说什么,也不管我怎么说，他总是认为我错了。(n matter)

54.我们虽然看不见空气,但却能感觉到它。(while)

55.即使你不喜欢这个建议，你也不应该没有同别人商量就把它否决了。(even thugh)

56.为了不惊醒她,他轻轻推开房门,悄悄地溜了出去。(r fear that)

57.我们应该早点出发以便可以在中午前到那里。(s that)

58.他反复强调这一点，免得她忘了。(lest)

59.他们躲在树丛后面,以防被敌人发现。(fr fear that)

60.他做了错误的决定,结果浪费了自己半生的时间。(s that)

61.她不借东西不来。(but)

62.那位工程师离开家乡已经三年了。( since)

63.他第一次乘飞机时紧张得说不出话来。( the first time)

64.如果你们不互相合作，就很难完成任务。( unless)

65.不管多忙，只要有邻居需要，他都会去帮忙。(as lng as)

66.尽管自己缺钱，他仍资助那个山里娃。(as)

67.据我所知,那位作家从来未写过情书。(as far as)

68.你一旦作出承诺，就一定不能使大家失望。(nce)

69.他抱怨说等我们等到花儿也谢了。(until)

70.电脑发明至今不过四十年。(since)

71.他直到三十几岁才开始独立生活。(until)

72.请仔细考虑再决定做什么。(befre)

73.除非你改进你的学习习惯，否则你不可能在物理上取得进步。(unless)

74.如果你不是很急,我建议你还是乘火车去。(unless)

75.事过多年,人们才逐渐承认那位科学家在生物学上的发现。(befre)

76.直到我读了这本书之后才对香港的历史有了更多的了解。(Nt)

77.我至今仍记得第--次应邀访问香港的那段时光。(when)

78.不久我们会再见面的。(befre)

79.足球赛还未开始,他就在沙发上睡着了。(befre)

80.他犹豫了好久才作出决定。(befre)

81.只要不半途而度，你一定能创造奇迹。(as lng as)

82.直到黄昏他才意识到自己陷人困境。(Nt until)

83.他每次路过母校都不忘顺便探望他的老师。(every time)

84.我第一次打高尔夫球时就爱上了这项运动。(the first time)

85.除非采取紧急措施，否则我们的计划将流产。(unless)

86.她一直默默无闻,直到在演唱赛中夺得第一名。 (until)

87.不管你有没有犯罪,在法庭上一定要尊重法官。(whether)

88.他尽管双目失明,却没有放弃作家梦。(as)

89.应该把火柴放在孩子拿不到的地方。(where)

90.他一看到警车就意识到出事了。(the mment)

第四章 非谓语动词
Ⅰ.动词不定式
i.不定式作主语和表语
1.口语中常用it作形式主语。
2.若要说明不定式动作对于执行者的影响,常在不定式前加fr sb.。
3.但是以形容词作表语来说明主语的行为品质时(如kind, gd, nice, wise, clever, silly, wrng, right, flish, stupid, careless, cnsiderate, rude, naughty, plite, agreeable等),不定式前加f sb.。
4.不定式作表语,表示目的、结果、同意、命令、安排、决定、劝告等意义。
5.用it作形式主语,其真正的主语也可以是fr+ there t be结构。
6.当主语和表语都是不定式时,其含义一-是条件,二是结果。
7.不定式作表语时,主语也常是what引导的名词性从句，表语说明其内容。
8.不定式作表语时,主语部分有行为动词d,不定式可省略t。
( )1.Hw the prblem will be discussed sme time later this afternn.
t slve B. t be slve c. being slved D. slving
( ) 2. Is it necessary the gegraphy bk at nce?
fr her t return B. that she must return
C.her returning D. f him t return
( )3.It frty-five minutes there by bus.
csts; t get B. csts; getting
C.takes; t get D. takes; getting
( ) 4. This grammar pint is later.
t explain B. t have been explained
C. t be explained D. t be explaining
( ) 5. Tm seemed the gd news.
A. t learn B. t be learning
C. t have learned D. t have been learning
ii.不定式作宾语
1.只能以不定式作宾语,而不能以动名词作宾语的动词有:
(“希望"干)wish, hpe, expect, lng, desire;
(早“打算" )plan, mean, prepare, attempt, intend;
(“同意”“否")agree, cnsent, refuse, decline;
(“寻”“问"看)seek, ask, beg;
(“选"“定"了)chse, decide, determine, prmise;
(“尽”“自愿" )manage, vlunteer, tend;
(“称"“失败")claim, fail;
(“敢”“装蒜" )dare, pretend
2.可用于“动词十it+形容词/名词十t d sth."结构中的动词有feel, find, make, think,believe, cnsider 等。
3.动词不定式作宾语的形容词有happy, glad, pleased, sure, ready, anxius, eager, free,afraid, willing 等。
4.有些介词后也可以不定式作宾语,如介词but,except等,当介词前有行为动词d,不定式省去t。
5.“疑问词+不定式”常作下列动词的宾语: decide, find, frget, knw, learn, remember,settle, cnsider, wnder 等,疑问词可以是what, where, wh(m), when, hw, whether,which等( why除外)。
6.有些双宾语及物动词也可以跟“疑问词+不定式”作直接宾语。
7.带疑问词的不定式通常也可以作介词的宾语。
专项练习
( ) 1. The flu is believed by viruses that like t reprduce in the cells inside the human nse and thrat.
A. causing B. being caused
C. t be caused D. t have been caused
( ) 2. There is a new prblem invlved in the ppularity f private cars rad cnditins need.
that; t be imprved B. which; t be imprved
C.where; t be imprving D, when; imprving
( ) 3. Remember the magazine when yu have finished reading it.
putting back B. having put back
C.t put back D. will put back
( ) 4. -I'm srry 1 frgt yur dictinary.
-Let's use Li Hua's.
t take B. taking C. t bring D. bringing
( ) 5. At the mment, Jasn is cnsidering next.
t d what B. what t d C. ding what D. what ding
( ) 6.I first cnsidered t him, but then I decided him.
writing; phning B. t write; t phne
C. writing; t phne D. t write; phning
( ) 7. Tm is always frgetting things he has dne. Yesterday, he frgt and lked fr it everywhere.
t pst the letter B. t have the letter psted
C. t having psted the letter D. having psted the letter
( ) 8. Yu didn't hear us cme in last night. We tried nisy.
t be nt B. nt t be C. nt being D. being nt
( ) 9. My brther regretted a lecture given by Prf. Wang.
missing B. t miss C. missed D. being missing
( ) 10. 1 regret yu that we are unable t ffer yu a jb.
infrming B. having infrmed c. t infrm D. t infrming
( ) 11. He felt tired with typing the lecture. S he stpped a shrt break.
A. having B. t have C. taking D. t taking
( ) 12. In rder t gain a bigger share in the internatinal market, many state-run cmpanies are striving their prducts mre cmpetitive.
t make B. making C. t have made D. having made
( ) 13. She had n chice but in the crner f the rm
t sit; wept B. t sit; weeping c. sit; wept D. sat; weeping
( ) 14.- -Yu have cme just in time t help us.
- - Fine. What needs ?
Id B. dne c. t be dne D. t d
( ) 15. That evening, he set abut. the reprt the next mrning,
A. write; t hand in B. t write; handing in
C. written; t hand in D. writing; t be handed in
( ) 16. There seemed nthing. t d but fr the dctr.
leave; send B. left; t send C. left; send D. leaving; send
( ) 17. D yu think it difficult a dlphin ?
t train; jumping B. training; fr jumping
C.t train; jump D. t train; t jump
( ) 18. I prefer rather than .
t d sme reading; watching TV B. ding sme reading; watching TV
C.t d sme reading; watch TV D. ding sme reading; t watch TV
( ) 19. The tw bys pretended very hard, thugh they did nthing.
A. study B. studying c. t be studied D. t be studying
ii.不定式作宾语补足语
1.常见的以不定式作宾语补语的动词及短语有ask, allw, advise, beg, call n, expect,frce, frbid, invite, teach, wuld like, depend n, wait fr, arrange fr, ask fr, lng fr, prepare fr, prvide fr, vte fr, call n, cunt n, rely n等。
2.以省略t的不定式作补语的感官动词有:feel (一“感"), listen t, hear(二“听") ;have,let, make(三“使"); lk at, see, watch, bserve, ntice( 五“看”)。但这些感官动词若在被动语态的句子中,动词不定式则必须带t, let除外。
3.在cnsider, declare, find, prve, think 后常跟t be不定式作宾语补足语,且t be常可以省略，如果t be不定式是完成式，则不能省略。
4.在lve, hate, like, prefer, want等表示情感状态的动词后作宾语补语。
专项练习
( ) 1. An army spkesman stressed that all the sldiers had been rdered clear warnings befre firing any shts.
t issue B. being issued c. t have issued D. t be issued
( ) 2. The girl is ften listened t sngs in the next rm.
practise t sing B. practise singing
C.t practise t sing D. t practise singing
( )3.-What can we d t help LiMing?
-All we can d is try that he shuld study even harder.
making him t realize B. making him realize
C.t make him realize D. t make him t realize
( ) 4. Sn they saw the tw strangers in the crwd.
disappear B. t disappear C. disappearing D. disappeared
( ) 5. Prfessr Smith has his students cmpsitins every Friday.
t write B. written c. write D. writing
( ) 6. The bys were seen mdel ships in the rm when smene rang the bell.
made B. t make C. making D. t be making
( ) 7. I heard the guide s.
says B. saying C. say D. said
( ) 8. Mr. Brwn was made his teaching because f his pr health.
give up B. giving up C. t give up D. t giving up
( ) 9. Shall we g and listen t the reviewers n the new bk?
A. t cmment B. cmment
C. t cmmenting D. being cmmented
( ) 10. Mrs. White made her pupils the text every day.
recite B. recited C. reciting D. t recite
( ) 11. The student asked the teacher .
repeat the questin again B. repeating the questin
C. t repeating the questin D. t repeat the questin
( ) 12. The museum is said in a big fire five years ag.
t be destryed B. t have been destryed
C.t be destrying D. t have been destrying
( ) 13. Jane wishes us with her.
t g alng B. ging alng C. went alng D. will g alng
( ) 14. My mtr-cycle has brken dwn, Wuld yu help me ?
A. t get it t start B. get it start
C. t get it started D. getting it started
( ) 15. - The bss rdered the hall .
A. t sweep B. t be swept c. shuld sweep D. being swept
iv.不定式作定语
1.不定式与所修饰的名词构成动宾关系,不定式后接的若是不及物动词，应在动词后面加上合适的介词。
2.数词和最高级修饰的名词后面常接不定式，如the first, the secnd, the last, the best等，不定式与其所修饰的名词在意义上是主谓关系。
3.有些名词后常接不定式，如time, way, right, chance, reasn 等,不定式与所修饰的名词构成动状关系。
4.作定语的不定式，为了明确其逻辑主语,有时可用“fr+名词/代词+t不定式”结构作定语。
专项练习
( ) 1. -l'd like t buy a car made in Shanghai.
- - Okay, Sir. Yu have several mdels .
t chse B. t be chsen frm
C.t chse frm D. fr chsing
( ) 2. lt's time rice.
fr transplant B. f transplanting
C. t transplant D. t transplanting
( ) 3. It is a very difficult prblem. I need a few days .
f thinking ver it B. t think it ver
C.f thinking it ver D. t think ver it
( ) 4. Peple need hmes and fd .
t live; t eat B. t live in; t eat
C. live; t eat D. t live in; t eat fr
( ) 5. Clumbus was the first the New Cntinent.
A. t have discvered B. t discver
C. discvering D. having discvered
v.不定式作状语
1.不定式作状语主要表示目的、结果和原因。
2.常用的表示目的的短语有:t d, in rder t d, s as t d (s as t不能放在句首)。不定式作目的状语,其否定式必须用in rder nt t或s as nt t;不能只用nt t d。
3.不定式表示目的，常用在g/cme and (d sth.)这样的结构中。主要用于祈使句或g,cme是动词原形的句子中。
4.常用,. enugh t, s+ 形容词/副词十as t, such a+名词十as t等结构表示结果。
5. 结构中间的形容词若是表示情感的kind, ready, eager, pleased 等时,不表示结果,也无否定意义。
6. nly+ t不定式表示结果,通常是一一个未曾预料的不愉快的结果。
7.常用表示情绪的动词surprised, jy, glad, pleased 等后面接不定式表示原因。
8.常用独立成分,作插入语,表示说话人的态度，如t tell yu the truth, t be exact, t be sure, t be frank (with yu), t be hnest, t cut a lng stry shrt, t start with, t begin with, t say nthing, t be brief等。
专项练习
( ) 1. The flat is much t small .
fr the family t live B. fr the family t live in
C. that the family cant live in D. that the family can't live
( ) 2. The teacher didn't speak clearly enugh .
s everyne t understand B. fr every ne understd
C. fr everyne t understand D. fr understanding
( ) 3. D yu think Julia is easy ?
A. t get alng with B. t get alng
C. t be gt alng with D. t getting alng with
( ) 4. Prf. Bush's talk in English was easy ?
fr us in fllwing B. fr us t be fllwed
C. t be fllwed D. fr us t fllw
( ) 5. The water-meln juice is nice .
t drink it B. t be drunk
C. t drink D. t be drinking
( ) 6. The patients were waiting the dctr.
A.t see B. fr t see
C. fr seeing D. seeing
( )7. , I dn't want t argue with them abut the matter.
T tell yu the truth B. Telling the truth
C. Having tld yu the truth D. Out f the truth
( ) 8. The sldier spke t the by kindly him.
t nt frighten B. s as nt t frighten
C. in rder t nt frighten D. fr nt frightening
( ) 9. Wuld yu be gd enugh t the bus statin?
A. shwing me the way B. as t shw me the way
C.t shw me the way D. s yu can shw me the way
( ) 10. Tm was s careless his car unlcked.
t leave B. that he leaves
C. as t leave D. leaving
vi.不定式的时态与语态意义1.不定式的时态意义
1) - -般式:不定式的动作与谓语动词的动作同时发生或是在其后发生。
2)进行式:不定式的动作与谓语动词的动作是同时的,而且正在进行。
3)完成式:不定式的动作先于谓语动词的动作。
a. happen, seem, be reprted, be said/ thught/believed/cnsidered, be likely等动词的复合谓语中,多使用完成式。
b.在“be+形容词”结构后使用完成式。
C.完成式用在某些动词后,如pretend, intend, expect, mean, hpe, wish, think,was, were, want, wuld like等,表示过去未实现的愿望、期待或计划。
d.动词hpe, expect, think, intend, mean, suppse 等“过去式+不定式一. 般式”,也可表示过去未曾实现的愿望、打算或计划。
2.不定式的语态意义
1)当不定式的逻辑主语是动作的承受者时,不定式用被动语态。
2) be+ easy/ difficult/fit/hard结构中,不定式的主动语态表示被动意义。
3) there be结构中不定式多用主动语态表示被动意义，也可用被动语态来表示。
4)当不定式在句子中没有逻辑主语时,不定式最好用被动语态。
5)在be t不定式结构中,如果主语是不定式动作的承受者,通常用不定式的被动语态。
6)当不定式动词是let(出租) , blame, d等时，通常be t不定式结构中仍用不定式的主动式表示被动意义。
专项练习
( ) 1. D let yur mther knw all the truth. She appears everything.
t tell B. t be tld C. t be telling D. t have been tld
( ) 2. Rbert is said abrad, but I dn't knw what cuntry he studied in.
A. t have studied B. t study
C. t be studying D. t have been studying
( ) 3. One f the salesman in this shp is .
saying t have been fired B. said t have been fired
C. saying t have fired D. said t have fired
( ) 4. Mr. Brwn is said fr Italy last week.
t have left B. t have c. t be leaving D. t have been left
( ) 5. He claimed in the supermarket when he was ding shpping yesterday.
A. being badly treated B. t be treated badly
C. treating badly D. t have been treated badly
vi.省去t的动词不定式
1.并列不定式t只用于第一个动词之前,后面不定式的t要省略。
2.在had better, wuld rather, wuld rather... than, rather than, wuld sner, wuld sner... than, cannt but, cannt help but, d nthing but, might as well, d nthing besides, d nthing than( except, save)等结构后的动词不定式要省略t。
3.在(一“感") feel,(二“听”) hear, listen t,(三“使") have, let, make, (五“看”) lk at,see,watch,ntice,bserve后面以不定式作宾补时要省略t;但这些动词用在被动语态的句子中时,则不能省略t。
4.当动词help意为“帮忙”时,其后面的动词不定式可省略也可不省略t;在can't help意为“不由自主”时，后面需接动名词形式;在cannt help but 意为“不得不”时，后面需接省略t的动词不定式。
5. rather than, sner than位于句首时，其后的不定式省略t。
6.主语是all, what引导的从句,或者主语受nly, the first, ne, least 或最高级修饰,且从句或短语中有d时，作表语的不定式- - 般省略t。
7.在以why引导的疑问句中不用t。
专项练习
( ) 1. l'd rather lse the game .
nt t hurt him B. nt hurt him
C. than t hurt him D. than hurt him
( ) 2. Has he any ther chice but as yu have tld him?
t d B. d C. ding D. he'll d
( ) 3.Tm did nthing else but back all he wned.
taken B. tk C. taking D. take
( ) 4. All the peple in the hall culdn't but , hearing such an absurd stry .
t laugh B. laugh C. laughing D. t laughing
( ) 5.- Yu shuld have thanked her befre yu left.
- I meant , but when I was leaving I culdn't find her anywhere.
A. t d B. t C. ding D. ding s
Vi.带介词t的动词短语和不定式的省略
1.有些动词短语中的t是介词，后面需要接名词或动名词,注意要与动词不定式区分。这些动词短语有get dwn t, keep t, find ne's way t, put ne's heart t, admit t,turn t, lead t, lk frward t, put ne's mind t, stick t, be related t, be familiar t, be accustmed t, get used t, be faithful t, see t, be equal t, be bject t, in additin t, be pen t等。
2.一些情态动词ught t, need t, dare t, wuld/ wuld like t, wuld lve t, used t,have t,be ging t,be able t后面省略已提到的或已知的内容。
3.动词want, plan, decide, lve, like, prmise, knw, frget, prepare, hpe, wish, try,refuse, hate, expect, fail, manage, agree, pretend, affrd 后面省略已提到的或已知的内容。
4.疑问词接不定式作宾语时不定式后面可省略已提到的或已知的内容。
5.形容词afraid, anxius, careful, eager, glad, happy, kind, lucky, prud, ready, srry,able后面可省略已提到的或已知的内容。
6.动词allw, ask, beg, cause, encurage， expect, frce, get, rder, permit, teach,prefer, want, warn, wish, cmmand, frbid 后面作主补或者宾补的不定式可省略已提及或已知的内容。
7.作名词time,chance,duty,right,way定语的不定式可省略已提及或已知的内容。
8.it作形式主语,不定式作逻辑主语时，可省略已提及或已知的内容。
9.如果重复的不定式是t be或者t have时,通常保留be或have。
10.作有些感官动词(feel, hear, listen t，let, have, make, see 等)的宾补时，t必须省去。
专项练习
( ) 1. Have yu gt used here nw?
t live B. living c. t living D. t be living
( ) 2. Thse wh bjected the suggestins were asked t put up their hands.
t accepting B. t accept C. fr accepting D. accepting
( ) 3. - Wuld yu like t g with us fr an uting tmrrw?
-Yes,
l'd like B. l'd like t g C. l'd lve D. l'd like t
( ) 4. Thmas wanted t buy a sprts car, but he .
wasn't able t B. wasn’t able t affrd
C. wasn't able D. didn't able t
( )5.Will yu shw me a guide bk?
A. where t get B. where t getting c. where getting D. where in getting
ix.不定式结构与从句的转换
1.不定式作宾语相当于that 引导的宾语从句。.
2.带疑问词的不定式作宾语相当于wh-引导的宾语从句。
3.不定式作定语相当于定语从句。
4.不定式作原因、目的、结果状语,相当于because, s that, s... that, such... that等引导
的状语从句。
不定式阶段练习
用括号里所给单词的适当形式填空。
1. That is the nly way we can imagine ( reduce) the veruse f water in students' bathrms.
2. David threatened (reprt) his neighbr t the plice if the damages were nt paid.
3. (accept) as an Olympic event, a sprt must be played in at least 75 cuntries n at least 4 cntinents.
4. The naughty by des nthing but (wander) abut every day.
5. Due t the heavy rain and flding, ten millin peple have been frced ( leave) their hmes.
6. What he did made his mther (becme) angry.
7. ( ensure) the safety f gas, the gvernment has checked the city's gas supply system thrughly.
8. Energy drinks are nt allwed (make) in Australia but are brught in frm New Zealand.
9. The mther felt herself (grw) cld and her hands trembled as she read the letter frm the battlefield,
10. ( imprve) the emplyees' wrking efficiency, the supervisr will allw them t have a cffee break.
11. China has prmised t revise its existing regulatins and ( frm) new plicies accrding t WTO requirements.
12. It was unbelievable that the fans waited utside the gym fr three hurs just a lk at the sprts stars.
13. He felt smene ( pat) his back but when he turned back, he saw n ne.
14. The flu is believed (cause) by viruses that like t reprduce in the cells inside the human nse and thrat.
15. An army spkesman stressed that all the sldiers had been rdered ( issue) clear warnings befre firing any shts.
16. There is a new prblem invlved in the ppularity f private cars that rad cnditins need
(imprve) .
17. She will tell us why she feels s strngly that each f us has a rle ( play) in making the earth a better place t live.
18. In rder t gain a bigger share in the internatinal market, many state - run cmpanies are striving ( make) their prducts mre cmpetitive.
19. She was ften heard (sing) in the next rm.
20. Dn't try t tell lies t yur class teacher abut that. He seems ( tell) everything.
21. Fr centuries, peple frm all ver the wrld have claimed (see) strange sights: lights in the sky, flying bjects and even creatures frm ther planets.
22. Sandy culd d nthing but ( admit) t his teacher that he was wrng.
23. Tday I have nthing t d but ( play)
24. Smene tk away my umbrella; l'd never expect it. ( return).
25. Wet umbrellas are nt allwed ( take) int this htel.
26. There are s many things in my bag that it tk me quite sme time (find) the key.
27. He was shut in the rm, s he had n chice but ( sleep).
Ⅱ.动名词
I.动名词作主语和表语
1.名词use, gd, pity, time, fun, bre, a waste f time, wrth 等作表语时,常用it作形式主语而把真正的主语动名词后置。
2.“there is n+动名词"结构相当于It is impssible t d sth.,此时动名词常带有宾语。
3.用于布告形式的省略结构中,意义上相当于祈使句: N smking! = Dn't smke。动名词通常不带宾语。
专项练习
( )1. t the sunlight fr t much time will d harm t ne’s skin.
A. Expsed B.Having expsed
C. Being expsed D. After being expsed
( ) 2. It is n arguing with Tim, as he will never change his mind.
use B. help c. useful D. time
( ) 3. D yu cnsider it any gd again?
A.t try B. try C. trying D. fr yu t try
( ) 4. I dn't think it much gd him f the matter.
A. infrming B. t infrm C. t be infrmed D. being infrmed
( )5. his hmewrk made his father lse his temper.
The by's nt having dne B. The by nt having dne
C.The by's having nt dne D. The by having nt dne
( ) 6. -What has made yu s upset?
- my pet cat.
A. Lst B. Lsing C.Because f lsing D. Since l lst
( )7.It is n gd .Yu shuld give .
A. drinking; it up B. t smke; it up C. smking; up it D. t drink; up it
( ) 8. The news sunds .
encuraging B. encuraged C. encurage D. t encurage
( ) 9. What wrried the child mst was t visit his mther in the hspital.
A. his nt allwing B. his nt being allwed
C. his being nt allwed D. having nt been allwed
( ) 10. The prblem is land fr it.
A. find B. fund C. finding D. t fund
ii.动名词作动词宾语
1.常见的只能接动名词不能接不定式作宾语的动词如下,记住这些动词可以避免在使用时产生错误。
表示“建议”、“完成”、“推迟"和“想象":suggest, finish, pstpne, delay, imagine
表示“需要”“承认”、“介意”和"原谅" :require, admit, mind, pardn, excuse
表示“避免"“冒险”、“练”、“逃"和“错过”:avid, risk, practice, escape, miss
表示“允许”、“考虑”、“理解”和“欢”、“赏": allw, permit, cnsider, understand,enjy, appreciate
1)上述动词后接的动名词的逻辑主语与句子的主语不一致时 ,动名词可以加上逻辑主语,通常用名词或代词的宾格表示，也可用它们的所有格形式表示。
2)在deny,pstpne等动词后若动名词带逻辑主语,逻辑主语大多用所有格形式。
2.常见的可以接动名词作宾语，而且也可用“sb./sth. ding” 结构的动词有appreciate,cnsider, excuse, mind, prpse, suggest, admit, delay, prevent, decline, frgive 等。
3.但是在advise, alw, permit 后，如果提到有关的人,可用动词不定式结构:sb. t d。
专项练习
( )1.He gt well prepared fr the jb interview,fr he culdn't risk the gd pprtunity.
t lse B. lsing c. t be lst D. being lst
( ) 2. We are cnsidering a new decisin.
making B. being made C. t make D. t have made
( ) 3. -I usually g there by train.
-Why nt by bat fr a change?
try ging B. trying t g C. t try and g D. trying ging
( ) 4. Our mnitr suggested a discussin n the new hliday plan.
t have B. shuld have C. have D. having
( ) 5. The wild rabbit was lucky that it just missed .
catching B. t be caught C. being caught D. t catch
( ) 6. Can yu imagine yurself n a lnely island fr three years?
staying B. stay c. have stayed D. being stayed
( ) 7. We can understand why he avids us.
meet B. t meet C. having met D. meeting
( ) 8. Please excuse my t the party withut.
A. cme; asking B. cming; asking
C. t cme; bring asked D. cming; being asked
( ) 9. Why have they delayed the new hspital?
Opening B.t pen C.having pened D.t have pened
( )10.All said that she wuldn’t mind alne at hme.
A.left B.being left C.t be left D.leaving
ii.动名词作介词宾语
1.作单个介词或复合介词的宾语,常见的有:n, with, by, instead f, in case f, after等。
2.在“动词十介词”结构后,常见的有:insist n, keep n, see t, take t, equal t, give up,persist in, aim at, believe in, care fr, depend n, set abut, succeed in, wrry abut,aplgize fr, advise n, feel like, get thrugh, think f, dream f, lead t等。
3.在“动词十名词/代词+介词”结构后，常见的有: ,. , ,, , excuse.. .f, , stp.. .frm, pay attentin t等。
4.在“be+形容词+介词”结构后,常见的有:be sick f, be fnd f, be keen n, be respnsible fr, be capable f, be gd at, be angry abut, be happy with, be afraid f, be sure f, be certain f, be cnfident f, be srry fr 等。
5.在“be/get+-ed形容词+介词”结构后,常见的有:get used t, be engaged in, be interested in, get accustmed t, be wrried abut, be pleased abut, be surprised at, be astnished at, be annyed at, be satisfied at, be ashamed f等。
6.在表示征询意见的hw abut, what abut后。
专项练习
( )1.The discvery f new evidence led t .
the thief having caught B.catch the thief
C.the thief being caught D.the thief t be caught
( ) 2. He hasn’t gt used in France yet.
live B. t live C. t living D. living
( ) 3. He insisted n abrad fr his pst- graduate study.
A. he shuld B.he g C. his ging D. him t g
( ) 4. The teacher began by US where the city was and went n abut its histry.
telling; t talk B. t tell; t talk C. telling; talking D. t tell; talking
( ) 5. That evening, he set abut the reprt the next mrning.
write; t hand in B. t write; handing in
C. written; t hand in D. writing; t be handed in
( )6.D yu feel like ut r wuld yu rather dinner at hme?
eating; have B. t eat; t have c. eating; t have D. t eat; having
( ) 7. The secretary was very busy his reprt. He was far t busy phne calls.
t prepare; answering B. in preparing; answering
C. t prepare; t answer D. preparing; t answer
( ) 8. Jane never dreamed f such a gd jb pprtunity in the suthern city.
there was B. there t be c. there be D. there being
( ) 9. It's nice t walk alng the cuntry paths with grass.
cvered; grwing B. cvering; grwing
C. cvering; grwn D. t cver; grwn
( ) 10. Thugh it began ,the sldiers kept n twards the frnt.
raining; advancing B. t rain; advancing
C. raining; with the advance D. t rain; t advance
iv.动名词作定语和状语
1.动名词作定语修饰名词表示该名词的用途。
2.动名词本身不能作状语,但放在介词后可构成介词短语作状语表示时间、原因、目的、方
式、让步等,常见的介词有n, with, after, by, upn, befre, at, withut, fr, besides,against, abut, in, frm等。
专项练习
( )1.He left gdbye t us.
with saying B. withut saying C. by saying D. n saying
( )2. the news, he burst int tears.
On hearing B. T hear C. By hearing D. At hearing
( ) 3. Victr aplgized fr t infrm me f the change in the plan.
his being nt able B. him nt t be able
C. his nt being able D. him t be nt able
( ) 4, After fr the jb, yu will be required t take a language test.
A. being interviewed B. interviewed
C. interviewing D. having interviewed
( )5.Wh is in the .
swimming pl B. pl t swim
C. swim pl D. pl that swims
( ) 6. She bught fr her grandfather.
A.a stick t walk B. a walk stick
C. a walking stick D. a stick fr walk
v.动名词的复合结构:逻辑主语+动名词
1.动名词可以有自己的逻辑主语,有生命的逻辑主语用所有格或用通格;无生命的用通格;指示代词、不定 代词等都用通格;人称代词用形容词性物主代词，即属格代词。
2.动名词的复合结构多用作主语和宾语。当作主语时,其逻辑主语不论是名词或代词通常用属格。
专项练习
( )1.D yu mind alne at hme?
Jane leaving B. Jane having left C. Jane's being left D. Jane t be left
( )2.t the meeting himself gave them a great deal f encuragement.
The president will attend B. The president t attend
C. The president attended D. The president's attending
( ) 3. He has always insisted n hist Dr. Turner instead f Mr. Turner.
been called B. called C. having called D. being called
( ) 4. What wrried the child mst was731497730468958040t visit his mther in the hspital.
his nt allwing B. his nt being allwed
C. his being nt allwed D. having nt been allwed
vi.动名词的时态与语态意义
1.动名词一-般式所表示的动作与谓语动词所表示的动作同时或在其后发生。
2.动名词完成式表示的动作发生在谓语动词所表示的动作之前。
3.动名词的被动式表示其动作的逻辑主语是动名词所表示动作的承受者。
专项练习
( ) 1. I dn't remember befre.
A. being seen him B. t see him
C.t have seen him D. having seen him
( ) 2. I dislike while attempting t learn skiing.
being lked at B. lking at C. t lk at D. having lked at
( ) 3. Babies enjy befre they g t sleep.
A. t pat B. t be pat C. patting D. being patted
( ) 4. While shpping, peple smetimes can't help int buying smething they dn't really need.
t persuade B. persuading C. being persuaded D. be persuaded
( )5.He is prud f the first place in the match yesterday.
A. winning B. being wn C. having wn D. t have wn
( ) 6. He was surprised at abut it.
A. having asked B. having been asked C. being asked D. asking
vi.动名词需要注意的问题
1. need, want, deserve, repay, require, bear, brk, take, stand 等分别表示“需要”、“值得”、“忍受”“经受”等的动词后,动名词常用主动式表示被动意义。
上述几个动词,除了bear, take, brk, stand 外,都可用不定式被动式，意义不变。
be wrth ding, be wrthy f being dne= be wrthy t be dne 表示被动意义。
3.常用动名词的结构如下,记住以下这些结构非常重要:
t have difficulty/ truble/ pleasure in ding sth.表示在做某事方面有困难/快乐
there is difficulty/ truble/ pleasure/in ding sth.表示在做某事方面有困难/快乐
t have a pleasant/ gd time in ding sth. 表示做某事很快乐
t have a time in ding sth.表示费很大力气做某事(注意区分: t have time t s sth.表示有时间做某事)
t waste/ spend time/ mney/ energy ding sth.表示浪费时间/金钱/精力做某事
be busy in ding sth./ busy neself in ding sth. 表示忙于做某事
t burst ut laughing/crying 表示突然笑了/哭了
t be any/sme/ n use ding sth.表示做某事有用/没用
it's fun/ gd/a waste f time/a bre/ such an encuragement ding sth.表示做某事是快乐的事/是有好处的事/是浪费时间的事/是没有意思的事/是件令人鼓舞的事
it's enjyable/ flish/better/ nice/ rather tiring/interesting/pintless/wrthwhile/terrible/crazy ding sth.表示做某事是让人高兴的/愚蠢的/更好的/令人累的/有意思的/无意义的/值得的/糟糕的/疯了的
f ne's ding( = -ed by neself)表示自己做的
What/hw abut ding sth.?表示询问做某事意下如何
What d yu say t ding sth.?表示询问做某事意下如何
t spend ne's time/ mney in ding sth.表示在做某事方面花钱/花时间
lse n time in ding sth.表示不失时机做某事be lng in ding sth.表示干事情很慢
it is n use ding sth.= it is f n use ding sth.表示做某事是没有用的
there is n use/pint in/f ding sth.表示做某事是没有用处/意义的
What's the use/ pint/gd f ding sth.表示询问做某事有什么用
be thrugh with ding sth.表示做完某事n ding表示不准做某事
it ges withut saying th...表示毫无疑问
make a pint f ding表示“认为.-必要"
be n the pint f ding= be abut t d表示“快要”
never/ ding = whenever表示“没有而不”
专项练习
( ) 1. The prblem was difficult, but it was wrth ut.
A. wrk B. t wrk C. being wrked D. wrking
( ) 2. The ld peasant preferred in the field t at hme in his free time.
t walk arund; staying B. walking arund; staying
C. walking arund; t stay D. t walk arund; t stay
( ) 3. Yu shuld d sme reading instead f TV all the time.
t watch B. yu watching c. yu watch D. watching
( ) 4. Besides , she is kind and cnsiderate.
pretty and clever B. being pretty and clever
C. her pretty and clever D. she is pretty and clever
( ) 5. What abut fishing tgether with us this afternn?
A. we g B. we ging C. ging D. t g
动名词阶段练习
用括号里所给单词的适当形式填空。
1. My (repair) the radi made it wrse.
2. It was really hard wrk (cut) ur way thrugh the frest.
3. Her jb is (keep) the garden clean.
4. His questin is (puzzle).
5. The Spring Festival is cming. I'm busy (clean) the rm. There is n time (g) t the shp.
6. - Yu lk tired after the walk. Yu'd better have a rest.
- -l dn't feel like (sleep) nw.
7. All the students are nw busy ( review) their lessns fr the ( cme) examinatins.
8.- -What d yu think f the bk?
一Oh, excellent. It's wrth (read) a secnd time.9. Such bks are nt wrthy (read) at all,.
10. The ld man wanted t leave here, because he just culdn't stand (sleep) in the nisy rm.
11. The teacher aplgized t his students fr (arrive) late.
12. I didn't mind (walk) hme, but my brther preferred (get) a taxi.
13. - -D yu feel like (walk) there r shall we take a bus?
- -I'd like t walk. But since there isn't much time (leave), I'd rather yu (hire) a taxi.
Jurnalists ught t avid (make) mistakes in their reprts.
15. -Why were yu s late?
-I had a hard time (get) up this mrning.
16.Yu can never imagine what great difficulty I have (find) yur huse.
17. Let's nt waste ur time. (discuss) such a questin.
18. He spent all his time . (prepare) fr the TOEFL,
19. The yung men are successful in (repair) the pwer statin.
20. She blamed me fr (take) away the mney that (belng) t her.
21. Mary's father is very happy because f her (give) a prize.
22. He devted every effrt t (find) this unknwn element（元素） .
23. Hw can he escape (see) with many guards n duty?
24. They insisted n the design (finish) tmrrw,
25. They narrwly missed (kill) in the frest f Suth America 15 years ag.
26. The thief stle int the huse and cngratulated himself n (nt see).
27. He regretted (waste) time in schl.
28. Generally speaking, the (learn) are respected by the cmmn peple.
29. Yu must learn (speak) English by (speak).
30. Yur shes are dirty. They need badly (wash) .
Ⅲ.分词
现在分词与过去分词的区别
I.在语态上
1)现在分词(除被动式外)表示主动意义。
2)过去分词表示被动意义。
2.在时间上
1)现在分词表示动作正在进行。
2)过去分词表示动作已经完成。
3)过去分词有时候没有一定的时间性。
专项练习
( )1. gdbye t the hsts, Brwn left the huse.
Said B. Saying
C. In rder t say D. He said
( ) 2. He rushed ut f the rm,
cried B. fr crying C. crying D. cries
( ) 3. With everything she needed she drve back frm the market-place.
A. is buy B. have bught C. buying D. bught
( ) 4. Mrs. Bush std fr a mment when her dg appeared befre her.
surprised; missing B. surprising; missed
C. surprised; missed D. surprising; missing
( ) 5. Peple at last fund Janet n a bench in the back yard alne, the bright mn.
seating; watching B. seated; watched
C. seated; watching D. seating; watched
( ) 6. Yur shes want badly. Why dn’t yu have them .
washing; washed B. t wash; washed
C. t be washing; t wash D. washed; washed
( ) 7. S many prblems , I'm in a tight crner.
A. remained t be settled B. remained t settle
C. remaining t settle D. remaining t be settled
( ) 8. The pliceman put dwn the phne, with a smile n his face.
satisfied B. satisfying c. t satisfied D. having satisfied
( ) 9. The prblem at present has smething t d with ur living cnditins.
A. discussed B. t be discussed
C. being discussed D. having been discussed
( )10.If green, the dr might lk mre beautiful.
paint B. painted c. t paint D. painting
ii.分词作定语
1.现在分词作定语表示主动或者表示主动且动作正在进行。
2.过去分词作定语表示被动且动作已经完成。
3.分词作定语往往可以用定语从句代替。
4.单个分词作前置定语，分词短语作后置定语。
5.完成式的现在分词短语不能作定语。
专项练习
( ) 1. The flwers s sweet in the btanic garden attract the visitrs t the beauty f nature.
t smell B. smelling c. smell D. t be smell
( ) 2. The disc, digitally in the studi, sunded fantastic at the party that night.
recrded B. recrding C. t be recrded D. having recrded
( ) 3. Dn't use wrds, expressins, r phrases nly t peple with specific knwledge.
being knwn B. having been knwn
C. t be knwn D. knwn
( )4.The bell the end f the perid rang, ur heated discussin.
indicating; interrupting B. indicated; interrupting
C. indicating; interrupted D. indicated; interrupted
( ) 5. The big twer in the Tang Dynasty is next spring,
A. being built; t repair B. built; t be repaired
C. built; being repaired D. being built; t be repaired
( ) 6. The prblem at the meeting nw is in tw weeks' time.
discussed; t be vted B. t be discussed; t be vted
C. being discussed; t be vted D. discussing; being vted
( ) 7. The language. in Britain is als used in ther cuntries.
spken; English-speaking B. spken; English- spken
C. speaking; English- speaking D. speaking; English-spken
( ) 8. Mre huses f this type will be built in the years .
A.t be cming B. t cme C. cming D. cmes
( ) 9. Mre huses f this type will be built in the years.
fllwing B，fllwed C. t be fllwed D. having fllwed
( ) 10. Li Hua can't talk much because he had his tth_______ this mrning.
pulling B. having been pulled
C. pulled D. being pulled
ii.分词作表语
1.现在分词作表语表示分词主语所具有的特征和性质时，主语多是物。
2.过去分词作表语表示主语所处的状态,逻辑上成被动关系，主语多是人。
3.分词和动名词都可以作表语,分词作表语说明主语的特征和性质,相当于一个形容词,而
动名词作表语说明主语的内容,相当于一个名词。
专项练习
( )1.The news was s that they were all .
inspiring; exciting B. inspiring; excited
C. inspired; excited D. inspired; exciting
( )2.What he had said was and made us
surprised; surprising B. surprising; surprised
C. surprised; surprised D. surprising; surprising
( ) 3. l'd rather read than watch televisin; the prgrams seem all the time.
t get wrse B. t be getting wrse
C. t have gt wrse D. getting wrse
( ) 4. The dr f the shp remained , thugh it was ten clck a.m.
pened B. pening C. lcked D. having lcking
( ) 5. The pilt asked all the passengers n bard t remain as the plane was making a landing.
A. seat B. seating c. seated D. t be seating
iv.分词作宾语补语
1.分词一般只在两类动词后作补语: .
1)感觉、感官动词后的分词宾补。常见感官动词有see, bserve, ntice, watch, hear,smell, listen t, lk at, feel, find 等。
2)使役、致使动词后的分词宾补。常见的使役、致使动词有catch, set, have, make, get,start, leave, keep等。
2.“感觉、感官动词十宾语+现在分词宾语"表示主动意义,是正在进行时态。
3.“使役、致使动词+宾语+过去分词宾补”表示被动意义,是已经完成时态。
4.分词作补语的几种特殊情况
1)make后面接分词作宾语补足语时只能用过去分词,不能用现在分词。
2) set后面的宾补通常是现在分词,不用过去分词。
专项练习
( ) 1. The respnsible teacher culdn't keep his eyes t all thse careless mistakes.
A.shut B. t shut C. shutting D. being shut
( ) 2. Why d yu stand and watch the water ver there?
biling B. biled C. t bil D. being biled
( ) 3. I held the little rabbit in my hand and felt its heart .
beated B. beating C. beat D. beaten
( ) 4. Walking alng the river, we heard smene fr help.
shuting B. shut c. shuted D. being shuting
( ) 5. Why d yu have the water all the time?
run B. t be running C. running D. being running
( ) 6. --D yu smell anything unusual?
- -Yes. I can smell smething .
burning B. being burnt C. having burnt D. burn
( ) 7. - -ls there anything that yu want t buy frm twn?
--N, but I'm ging t get .
thse letters mailed B. thse letters mailing
C. t mail thse letters D. mailing thse letters
( ) 8. When little Tm hurried t the classrm, he fund many village peple at the back f the rm.
seat B. seating c. t seat D. seated
( ) 9. The hall was s nisy that the speaker culdn't make himself
being heard B. heard C. hearing D. hear
( ) 10. Returning hme, he fund the back dr pen and smething .
t steal B. t be stlen c. stealing D. stlen
v.分词作状语
1.分词作时间状语相当于when引导的时间状语从句; n ding sth.= as sn as+从句。
2.分词作原因状语相当于as, since, because 引导的原因状语从句。
3.分词作方式或伴随状语不能用状语从句替换,但是可以改写成并列句。
4.分词作条件状语相当于if, unless等引导的从句。常见的引导条件状语的分词有given,suppsing, cnsidering, prvided, cmpared with等。
5.分词作结果状语相当于s that引导的结果状语从句。分词前常有副词thus, thereby,nly等。
6.分词作让步状语相当于thugh或者even if等引导的让步状语从句。
专项练习
( ) 1. It was unbelievable that the fans waited utside the gym fr three hurs just a lk at the sprts star.
A. Had B. having C. t have D. have
( ) 2. Mre and mre peple are signing up fr Yga classes nwadays, advantage f the health and relaxatin benefits.
A. taking B. taken
C. having taken D. having been taken
( ) 3. Accrding t a recent U.S. survey, children spend up t 25 hurs a week TV.
t watch B. t watching C. watching D. watch
( ) 4. Thugh mney, his parents managed t send him t university.
lacked B. lacking f C. lacking D. lacked in
( ) 5. Finding her car stlen, .
a pliceman was asked t help B. the area was searched thrughly
C. it was lked fr everywhere D. she hurried t a pliceman fr help
( ) 6. He sent an e-mail, t get further infrmatin.
A. hped B. hping C. t hpe D. hpe
( )7. in 1636, Harvard is ne f the mst famus universities in the United States.
Being funded B. It was funded
C. Funded D. Funding
( )8 his party t pwer fr the furth time, he becmes famus amng Western leaders.
Lead B. Leading c. Have led D. Having led
( )9 his mther, the little by stpped crying.
A. Seeing B. Saw C. Seen D. See
vi.分词的逻辑主语
1.分词作定语时的逻辑主语就是它修饰的词。
2.分词作状语时的逻辑主语就是全句的主语。
3.分词作补语时的逻辑主语就是全句的宾语。
4.根据分词与其逻辑主语的关系，可以确定分词的语态形式。
专项练习
( ) 1. Once lst, .
t get such a chance is difficult B. such a chance will never cme again
C. ne can never get such a chance D. there'll be n such a chance
( ) 2. The by verslept and kept all the thers at the statin fr hurs.
t wait B. having been waited
C. Waiting D. being waited
( ) 3. Mary left her cat in the train.
A. laying B. lying C. laid D. lie
( ) 4. This is the best film this year.
A.t shw B. t be shwn C. shwing D. shwn
( ) 5.The bks belng t Mr. Smith.
A. which is n the table B. lying n the table
C. are n the table D. which n the table
( ) 6. Father caught the by in the garage.
smke B. t smke C. smking D. being smked
( ) 7. -Wh are thse peple walking alng the street with banners?
- -A grup the League fr Glbal Envirnment Prtectin.
calling B. called C. called itself D. is called
( )8. fr the cming examinatins befre, I have n time fr the film.
A. Nt preparing B. T prepare
C. Having nt prepared D. Nt having prepared
( )9 fr half a mnth, the twn was running ut f fd and clthing.
Having flded B. As the twn had flded
C. Having been flded D. T have been flded
( )10. the call fr help, the bys immediately rushed ut t see what was ging n.
In rder t hear B. Hearing
C. Having heard D. They heard
( ) 11. Jane is lking frward t frm me. Remember my letter n yur way hme.
hear; t pst B. hearing; pst
C. hearing; t pst D. hearing;psting
( )12. their life in the past, urs is much better.
Cmparing with B. Cmpared with
C. T cmpare with D. Cmparing t
( ) 13. After seeing the play,
it made him read the bk at nce B. he wanted t read the bk at nce
C. the bk was immediately read D. it interested him a great deal
( )14. frm the hill, the whle city f Nanjing lks mre beautiful.
As peple see B. Seeing
C. Peple see the city D. Seen
( ) 15. The sldiers ran as fast as they culd, t catch the fleeing enemies.
A. hping B. t hpe c. they hped D. hped
vi.分词构成的独立主格结构
1.分词作状语时,其逻辑主语与句子的主语应该一.致,否则，分词应有自己的逻辑主语,构成分词的独立主格结构。
2.分词构成的独立主格结构- -般位于句首，由“名词/代词+分词”构成,表示时间、原因、条件、方式或伴随等。句子模式为“独立主格结构+主谓结构”或“主谓结构+独立主格结构”。
3.表示伴随情况时,分词构成的独立主格结构常位于句末。
4.独立主格结构有时可以用with或withut引导,作定语或状语。
5.除分词外，还可以用不定式、形容词介词、副词或名词等。详见本书第十一章内容。
专项练习
( ) 1. He walked up and dwn the rm fr half an hur, behind him.
with his hands clasping B. his hands clasped
C. his hands were clasped D. as his hands clasped
( ) 2. The tw prisners f war came int the rm, by tw sldiers,
fllwed; guns in hand B. fllwed; gun in hand
C. fllwing; gun in hands D. fllwing; guns in hands
( )3.The sun , the birds went int their nests.
set B. sets c. setting D. sets
( )4. the lecture began.
A. The listeners having taken their seats B. Having taken their seats
C. Taking their seats D. The listeners t take their seats
( )5. , a man wh expresses himself effectively is sure t succeed mre rapidly than a man whse cmmand f language is pr.
Other things being equal B. Other things were equal
C. T be equal t ther things D. Other things t be equal
( )6.It heavily, the game had t be delayed.
A. was snwing B. snwing c. snwed D. had snwed
ⅷ.分词的时态和语态形式
1.分词的时态反映出分词动作与全句谓语动词的动作之间的先后关系。
1)一般式:分词表示的动作与谓语动词动作同时发生或几乎同时发生。两个动作同时发生时，也可用“when/ while+分词结构”。
2)完成式:分词所表示的动作发生在句中谓语所表示的动作之前。作定语时直接用过去分词，表示动作已完成,并具有被动含义。
2.分词的语态:如果分词的逻辑主语是动作的承受者，就要用被动式。
1)一般被动式表示正在进行的被动动作。
2)完成被动式强调分词表示的被动动作先于谓语动词所表示的动作。3.分词的独立结构一垂 悬分词:
当分词的逻辑主语不是全句的主语,而且在句中垂悬无依时,就是所谓的垂悬分词。这些分词已经成为固定的形式，使用时不必考虑其逻辑主语。其结构经常用来作插入语，常见的有generally speaking, frankly speaking, talking f, speaking f, strictly speaking,judging frm/by, taking everything int cnsideratin等。
专项练习
( )1. by the plice, the kidnappers had nthing t d but up.
Surrunding; t give B. Having surrunded; give
C. Surrunded; t give D. Surrunded; give
( ) 2. Never n a plane befre, the ld wman felt very and sick.
A. be; surprised B. t be; surprising
C. being; surprising D. having been; surprised
( ) 3. t himself, he fund himself t a big tree with n ne nearby.
Came; t be tied B. Having cme; be tied
C. Cming; tied D. T cme; being tied
( )4 in thught, he almst ran int the car in frnt f him.
Lsing B. Having lst C. Lst D. T see
( ) 5. N cmputer s far ever can have the same ability as human brains.
be built B. having built C. being built D. built
( ) 6. the leaves are beginning
Autumn cmes; t fall B. Autumn cming; t fall
C.As autumn cming; falling D. Autumn t cme; falling
( ) 7. Stp walking and lk arund when the street.
crss B. acrss C. crssed D, crssing
( ) 8. The man rushed int the huse, his face under his cap.
hiding B. having hidden C. hidden D. t hide
( )9. t cmplete the wrk n time, they set ut
Determined; t wrk B. Determining; t be wrking
C.T be determined; wrking D. Having determined; t wrking
( ) 10. It rained cntinuusly fr a few days, cmpletely ur hlidays.
A. ruined B. t ruin
C. ruining D. having been ruined
分词阶段练习
用括号里所给单词的适当形式填空。
The tw ld sisters, ( separate) s lng, held each ther and burst int tears.
2. Let's have a rest. The (tire) wrk made me very (tire).
3. Just as the value f a telephne netwrk increases with each new phne ( add) t the system, SO des the value f a cmputer system increase with each prgram that turns ut.
4. As we all knw, newspapers, magazines and radis as well as televisin bradcasts can keep us (infrm) abut what is happening in the wrld.
5. Everyne was (surprise) by his (surprise) prgress which he made during the tw mnths.
6. When he turned arund, he fund a pair f eyes (stare) at him.
7. The film yu saw last night was made (base)n a true stry that happened many years ag.
8. After (finish) his wrk, the teacher came t help me with my English.
9. Fllw the directins n the bttle carefully when ( take) the medicine.
10. The students, (fllw) their teachers, came hme.
11. The lng-lasting war, filled with bld and deaths, ended in peple's sadness, (reach) n result.
12. They spent the night (lck) in the rm.
13. He wrte a letter t the king (hpe) (set free).
14. Steven has devted all his life t (make) films, and Kate, his wife, is als (devte) t the duty f her prfessin.
15. When he (walk)in the dark, his head hit against a tree.
16. Time shuld be made gd use f (learn) ur lessns well.
17. The film, (base)upn the true stry f this Red Army general, attracted peple' s interest all ver the cuntry,
18. She returned hme frm the market nly t find the dr pen and a number f things.
(miss).
19. (suppse) it rains, we will stay at hme.
20. (cmpare) with yurs, ur library is f t small a size.
21. It's dangerus t carry a ht pan with. (burn) il.
22. We were tld that the stne figure (date) back t the 16th century was f great value.
23. The by lay n his back, his teeth (set) and his glaring eyes (lk) straight upwards.
24. (lse) in the frest, he had t ask fr help by sending ut signals.
25. The Glden Gate Bridge, (build) several hundred years ag, is wrldwide famus.
26. I suggested the cheater (refer t) ( put) int prisn.
27. There (be) nthing t d, I went ut fr a walk.
28. He returned hme t learn that the girl. (engage) t him befre had been married t the village secretary.
29. ( disappint) at failing in the Maths exam, Jhn wuldn't like t talk abut it t his parents.
30. (hide) in the dark cave, he was nt afraid f being fund by (arm) enemy sldiers.
31. T have the wnderful clth (make) int new clthes, they had the machine (wrk) all day lng.
32. The Wrld Trade Organizatin finally pened its dr t China n Nvember 10, ( end) ur Chinese 15-year wait.
33.If (bury) in wet sand, the vegetables can ( remain) fresh fr a lng time.
34. It ( explain) ver and ver again, but he still culdn't understand.
35. Everything ( take) int cnsideratin, the plan is fairly practical. Yu can put it int practice.
36. (see) frm the mn, ur earth, with water (cver) seventy percent f its surface, appears as a blue ball.
37. A great big fellw, (weigh) arund 250 punds, walked with slw heavy nisy ftsteps up t the prduce cunter in the supermarket.
38. - -The plan (make) is f great imprtance t everybdy.
-I see. He is sure t finish it n time.
39. Frm the dates (mark)n the gld cin, we decided that it was made five hundred years ag.
40. Hearing the gd news, I felt a heavy lad (take) ff frm my mind.
41. The students were listening t the teacher, with their eyes wide (pen) .
42. The scientist came t the meeting with his wife (supprt) him.
43. The nise f the machines (fix) can be clearly heard in ur classrm.
44. After a few runds f talks, bth sides regarded the territry dispute as ( settle).
45. The sale usually takes place utside the huse, with the audience ( seat) n benches,chairs, r bxes.
ⅳ非谓语动词用法比较
非谓语动词的语法功能( +表示非谓语动词在句中可以作的成分):
i .不定式、动名词作主语时的区别
1.一般来说，表示比较抽象的经常的行为，通常不与特定的动作执行者联系在- -起,多用
动名词;而表示特定的、具体的行为,特别是将来的行为,强调的是动作,往往与特定的动作执行者联系在一起,多用不定式。
It's n gd( n use, n harm, a waste ... wrth )句型后一般用动名词作真正的主语。
3. there being的动名词结构可以直接位于句首作主语, there t be不定式结构作主语时,通
常用fr作引导词。
专项练习
( )1. a language requires time and effrt.
Learn B. Learning c. T learn D, Being learned
( ) 2. It is nt always easy invitatins.
t refuse B. refusing c. t be refused D. being refused
( )3. nw seems impssible.
A. Saving mney B. T save mney
C. Being saved mney D. T be saved mney
( ) 4, T answer crrectly is mre imprtant than .
a quick finish B. t finish quickly C. finishing quickly D, yu finish quickly
( )5.Hw the prblem will be discussed at tmrrw's meeting.
t slve B. t be slved C. being slved D. slving
( ) 6. It was plite the child t give his seat t the elderly wman.
fr B. f C. t D. with
( ) 7. ls it necessary the bk immediately?
fr him t return B. that he returns C. his returning D. f him t return
( )8.It frty-five minutes there by bus.
cst, t get B. takes, getting C. takes, t get D, takes, t get t
( ) 9. It is n gd Yu shuld give
t smke, it up B. smking, it up c. smking, up it D. t smke, up it
( )10.It is n debating with Tm, because he will never change his mind.
A. use B. help c. time D. while
ii.不定式.动名词作宾语时的区别
1.表示抽象的、经常的、一般性的行为多用动名词;而表示特定的、具体的特别是将来的行为,强调的是动作,多用不定式。
2.作try, remember, stp, frget, regret, want, require, need, mean等动词的宾语时,意思有明显差别:
1) frget t s sth.忘记去做某事;frget ding sth.忘记做过某事
2) remember t d sth.记住要去做某事;remember ding sth.记得做过某事
3) regret t d sth.对要做的某事表示抱歉;regret ding sth.后悔做过某事
4) try t d sth.尽力做某事;try ding sth.试着用某种方法做某事
5)want t d sth.想要做某事;wan t ding某事需要被做
6) mean t d sth.打算做某事;mean ding sth.意味着做某事
7) stp t d sth.停下来去做某事;stp ding sth.停止做某事
8) g n t d sth.接着做另一-件事;g n ding sth.继续不断地做同一件事
9) can't help (t) d sth.不能帮助做某事;can't help ding sth禁不住做某事;can't help but d sth.不得不做某事
10) be afraid t d sth.不敢做某事;be afraid f ding sth.害怕做某事
11) be used t d sth.被用来做某事;be/get used t ding sth.习惯于做某事
12) require sb. t d sth.要求某人做某事;require ding某事需要被做
13) be sure t d sth.别人看来主语- -定会做某事; be sure f ding sth.主语自信会做某事
14) like ding sth.表示-一贯的爱好, like t d sth.表示具体的某次行动。
3.只跟动名词,不跟不定式作宾语的动词:suggest/ advice, finish, pstpne/ delay , imagine ，require, admit, mind, pardn, excuse,avid, risk, practice， escape, miss, allw， permit, cnsider, understand, enjy,appreciate
4.只跟不定式,不跟动名词作宾语的动词:
1) wish, hpe, expect, lng, desire;
2) plan, mean, prepare, attempt, intend, tend;
3) agree, cnsent, refuse ，decline;
4) seek, ask, beg;
5) chse, decide, determine, prmise;
6) manage, vlunteer;
7) claim, fail;
8) dare, pretend
5.跟有补语时,补语是名词gd,use,a waste f,形容词wrth等时,用动名词作宾语。6.begin,start在下列情况下通常用不定式:
1)谓语已经是进行时形式;
2)表示一种自然现象;
3)后面跟心理活动的动词。
专项练习
( ) 1. l like very much, but I dn't like this mrning.
swimming; swimming B. t swim; t swim
C. swimming; t swim D. t swim; swimming
( ) 2. Little Jim shuld lve t the theatre this evening,
t be taken B. t take c. being taken D. taking
( ) 3. -Did yu clse the dr?
- -Yes, I remember it.
t clse B. t clsing C. clsing D. clsed
( ) 4. Remember the newspaper when yu have finished it.
putting back B. having put back
C. t put back D. will put back
( ) 5. I'm srry I frgt yur dictinary. Let's brrw ne frm Li Ming.
A. t take B. taking c. t bring D. bringing
( ) 6. Henry always frgets things he has dne. Yesterday he frgt and lked fr it everywhere.
t pst the letter B. t have the letter psted
C. t have psted the letter D. having psted the letter
( ) 7. My brther regretted a lecture given by Prfessr Liu.
missing B. t miss C. missed D. being missed
( )8.I regret yu that we are unable t ffer yu a jb.
infrming B. having infrmed C. t infrm D. t infrming
( ) 9. I felt tired with walking, s I stpped a break fr an hur.
having B. t have C. taking D. t taking
( ) 10. The teacher tld the students t stp t him,
t write and listen B. writing and listening
C. t write and listening D. writing and t listen)
11.--What can we d t help LiHai?
--All we can d is t try that he ught t study mre.
A. making him t realize B. making him realize
C. t make him realize D. t make him t realize
( ) 12. Yu didn't hear us cme in last night, That's gd. We tried nisy.
t be nt B. nt t be C. nt being D. being nt
( ) 13. He finished his hmewrk, then he went n a letter.
write B. writing C. with D. t write
( ) 14. The grass has grwn s tall that it needs .
t cut B.t be cut it C. cutting D. being cut
( ) 15. -Yu've cme just in time t help us.
- - Fine, what needs
Id B. dne C. t be dne D. t d
( ) 16. Yu didn't need him the news; it just made him sad.
A. telling B. tell
C. t tell D. that yu wuld tell
( ) 17. These yung trees require carefully.
lking after B. t lk after C. t be lked at D. lking fr
( ) 18. The sentence wants nce mre.
t explain B. explaining C. being explained D. t be explained it
( ) 19. He hasn't gt used in the cuntryside yet.
live B. t live C. t living D. living
( ) 20. A very well. knwn persn in this huse.
is used t live B. used t live C. is used t living D. used t living
( ) 21. The clck was beginning twelve and everybdy held their breath.
strike B. t strike C. striking D. struck
( )22.I begin the meaning, which begins
understanding; t be clear B. t understand; t be clear
C. understanding; being clear D. t understand; being clear
( ) 23. The plice frbid here.
park B. parking C. t park D. t be parked
( ) 24. The heavy rain frbade me t schl.
A. frm my cming B. t cme C. cme D. my cming
( ) 25. Tm's parents d nt allw Tm swimming.
ging B. t g C. g D. ges
( ) 26. Srry, we dn't allw in the lecture rm.
t smke B. smke C. smking D. t smking
( ) 27. Visitrs are nt permitted the park after dark, because f the lack f lighting.
t enter B. entering c. t enter in D. entering in
( ) 28. They dn't permit nise here.
t make B. make C. making D, made
( ) 29. Missing the train means fr an hur.
t wait B. t be waited C. being waited D. waiting
( )30.I meant yu, but I was s busy.
A. t call n B. calling n C. t call at D. calling at
( ) 31. I wuld appreciate back this afternn.
yu t call B. yu call C. yur calling D. yu're calling
( ) 32. She enjys light music.
t hear B. hearing C. listening t D. t listen t
( ) 33. Yu can keep the bk until yu
A. have finished reading B. finish t read
C. will finish reading D. have finished t read
( ) 34. Ali said that she wuldn't mind alne at hme.
left B. being left C. t be left D. leaving
( ) 35. It was said that they were cnsidering frm the prisn at that time.
risking t escape B. risking escaping C. t risk escaping D. t risk t escape
( ) 36. Our mnitr suggested a discussin f the subject.
t have B. shuld have C. have D. having
( ) 37. We are cnsidering a new plan.
making B. being made C. t make D. t have made
( ) 38. The squirrel was lucky that it just missed
catching B. t be caught C. being caught D. t catch
( ) 39. Can yu imagine yurself n a desert island?
staying B. stay C. have stayed D. being stayed
( ) 40. We can understand why he avids t us.
t speak B. speech C. having spken D. speaking
( ) 41. Please excuse my in withut
A. cme; asking B. cming; asking
C. t cme; being asked D. cming; being asked
( ) 42. Why have they delayed the new schl?
pening B. t pen C. having pened D. t have pened
( )43.She the key. ,
A. admitted t take B. admitted taking
C. admitted having taken D. admitted t have taken
( ) 44.1 gt t the statin earlier than thers. I culdn't risk the train.
A. missing B. miss C. t miss D. missed
( ) 45. I hpe him as sn as pssible.
see B. seeing C. t see D. t have seen
( ) 46. I expected yur friend, but my car brke dwn n the way.
meet B. meeting C. t meeting D. t meet
( ) 47. We are planning Eurpe this summer.
t pay a visit B. pay a visit t C. visiting D. t visit
( ) 48. She tld me that she had decided again.
be nt late B. nt be late C. nt t be late D. t be nt late
( ) 49. Almst everyne fails n the first try.
in passing his driver's test B. t pass his driver's test
C. t have passed his driver's test D. passing his driver's test
( ) 50. The tw weavers pretended very hard, thugh they did nthing at the lms.
wrk B. wrking c. t be wrked D. t be wrking
( ) 51. When he gt ff the train, it happened
t rain B. t be raining C. raining D. t raining
( ) 52. I didn't it until yu had explained hw.
manage t d B. managed t d
C. manage t have dne D. manage ding
( ) 53. The yung driver ffered the patient ut f the car.
t hand B. handing C. hands D. hand
( ) 54. The white hrse refused the stne wall.
jumping B. t jump C. jumping up D. t jump at
( ) 55. They dn't agree mre time n the subject, neither d l.
A. t spending B. t spend C. with spending D. n spend
iii.不定式.动名词.分词作表语
1.不定式、动名词作表语相当于名词，主语和表语是对等关系，位置可颠倒。分词作表语相当于形容词，说明主语的性质、状态,是从属于主语的,主表位置不能颠倒。
2.不定式、动名词作表语比较:不定式作表语往往表示将来的行为;动名词作表语不受时间的限制。
3.动名词作表语时主语往往是抽象名词wrk, jb, aim, duty, habit, news, task, wish,pleasure, idea, hpe 等,表语进-步说明主语的具体内容。4.分词作表语其逻辑主语就是整个句子的主语,其区别在于:
1)现在分词作表语时主语多是物，表语用来说明主语的性质、特征,意为“令...的”";
2)过去分词作表语时主语多是人,表语多表示主语所处的状态;
3)注意这些词的过去分词与现在分词在意义上的不同:
interest, mve, wrry, please, disappint, surprise , astnish, excite, tuch, frighten
专项练习
( ) 1. D yu cnsider it any gd again?
t try B. try C. trying D. fr yu t try
( ) 2. I dn't think it's much gd t him.
writing B. t write C. t be written D. being written
( )3. the assignment made his father lse his temper.
The by's nt having dne B. The by nt having dne
C. The by's having nt dne D. The by having nt dne
( ) 4. 1 dn't remember abut it.
him t telling us B. his telling us C. him t tell us D. he tells us
( )5.Her wish is an engineer.
becming B. becme C. t becme D. t be becming
( ) 6. Sme peple's greatest pleasure is
A. fishing B. t fish C. t be fishing D. being fished
( ) 7. The reprt was s that they were all .
inspiring; exciting B. inspiring; excited
C. inspired; excited D. inspired; exciting
( ) 8. -Yu lk pale.
-I feel a little .
tire B. tired C. tiring D. being tired
( )9.He seems here fr three years.
t be living B. t have lived C. t have been lived D. t live
( ) 10. -What's made yu s upset?
- three tickets t the pp music cncert.
A. Lst B. Lsing C. Because f lsing D. Since I lst
iv.不定式动名词作介词宾语
1)不定式只作五个介词的宾语: but, except, save, abut, besides; 带疑问词的不定式可作介词的宾语。
2)动名词可以作单个介词或复合介词的宾语:
after, befre, n, by, withut, besides, since, in, instead f, hw abut, what abut3)动名词作以下动词短语的宾语:
lead t, stick t, lk frward t, be bliged t, , insist n, see t, ,get used t, bject t, prevent... frm, frm, stp.. frm, , feel like,depend n, thank fr, be prud f, be fnd f, be afraid f, be tired f, be sick f, succeed in, be gd at, jin in, cngratulate n, excuse fr, can't resist
专项练习
( ) 1. Thugh it began. , they kept n in the field.
raining; wrk B. t rain; wrking
C. raining; with the wrk D. t rain; t wrk
( ) 2. His parents insisted n t cllege.
he shuld g B. he g C. his ging D. him t g
( ) 3. What a pity! One cannt help srry fr the injured.
A. t feel B. neself t feel
C. feeling D. neself frm feeling
( ) 4. He decided pian because he was tired f it.
t give teaching up B. giving up teaching
C. t give up teaching D. t give in teaching
( ) 5. Nthing culd the by frm the tall building.
prevent; risking climbing B. prevent; risking t climb
C. stp; risk climbing D. keep; risking climb
( ) 6. On Sundays I prefer at hme t ut.
t stay; g B. staying; g C. staying; ging D. t stay; ging
( ) 7. Hw much time did yu spend the text?
cpying B. t cpy C. in cpy D. n cpying
( ) 8. After cking, Mther making tea.
set ut B. set abut C. set ff D. start ut
( )9. see yu withut yur mther.
never; thinking f B. never; thinking abut
C. nt; think f D. dn't; think abut
( ) 10. Thugh it sunds a bit t dear, it is wrth .
being bught B. buying C. t buy D. t be bught
( ) 11. The nvel is well .
A. wrth t read B. wrth being read
C. wrthy t read D. wrthy f being read
( ) 12. The farmers were busy cttn.
t pick B. picking C. with picking D. pick
( ) 13. He devted his life t the atmic thery.
study B. be studying C. studying D. having studied
( ) 14. We are bth lking frward t next week,
A. ging n vacatin B. g n vacatin
C. be ging n vacatin D. having gne n vacatin
( ) 15. Her parents bjected t that farmer, thugh he has a lt f mney.
her marrying B. marrying C. marry D. her marrying with
( ) 16. If yu want t be a writer, I suggest that yu shuld pay attentin t the wrks f Lu Xun.
read B. reading C. reader D. be read
( ) 17. He is an experienced driver and he is used in all kinds f weather.
t driving B. t drive C. fr driving D. t having driven
( ) 18. Because f the heavy rain, they had t put ff the sprts meet.
taking place B. t take place C. hlding D. t hld
( )19.On the news, she turned pale.
heard B. hearing C. having heard D. her hearing
( ) 20. - -Did yu get in tuch with them later?
- -Yes, I finally succeeded them by phne.
A. t reach B. t reaching C. reaching D. in reaching
( ) 21. I didn't feel ging ut fr a walk.
s B. as C. rather D. like
( ) 22. Yu shuld wrk tnight instead f TV.
t watch B. yu watching C. yu watch D. watching
( ) 23. Besides , she is kind and tender.
beautiful B. being beautiful C. t be beautiful D. she is beautiful
( ) 24. What abut t the cncert with us?
we g B. we ging C. ging D. t g
( ) 25. Hadn't we better a rest befre ging n?
A. have ; B. than c. t have D. having
( ) 26. Yu’d better her the sad news nw.
nt t tell B. wn't tell C. nt tell D. dn't tell
( ) 27. I'd rather lse the game .
nt t hurt him B. nt hurt him C. than t hurt him D. than hurt him
( ) 28. Alice says. tnight, because there will be an exam tmrrw mrning.
she'd rather nt g B. she'd nt rather g
C. she'll rather nt g D. she wn't rather g
( ) 29. Tm did nthing but. back what he had said.
taken B. tk C. taking D. take
( ) 30. There seemed nthing else t d but a dctr.
t send fr B. send fr C. call fr D. t call in
( ) 31. -I usually g there by train.
- -Why nt by bat fr a change?
t try ging B. trying t g C. t try and g D. try ging
( ) 32. Please me at the statin n time.
t meet B. meeting C. meet D. yu meet
( ) 33. Have I any chice but as yu tell me?
t d B. d C. ding D.I'll d
( )34.1can'tbut t hear such a stry,
t laugh B. laugh C. laughing D. t laughing
( ) 35. - -Wuld yu like t g with us fr a picnic tmrrw?
- -Yes,
A. I wuld like B. I'd like t g C. I'd lve D. I'd like t
v.不定式、分词作宾补:其逻辑主语是主句的宾语
1)现在分词作补语表示动作还处于进行状态或未完成。
2)不定式作补语强调动作要发生或动作已经发生(即动作的全过程)或经常发生。
3)当补语与宾语成被动关系,而且强调动作的结果时,则用过去分词。
4)如果强调的是正在进行的被动动作,用现在分词的被动式(这时谓语多是感官动词和使役动词)。
5)如果只强调将来的动作本身是被动时，用不定式被动式。
专项练习
( ) 1. Sn they saw the by in the crwd.
disappear B. t disappear C. disappears D. disappeared
( ) 2. Did yu ntice the little by away?
A. tk the candy and run B. take the candy and run
C. taking the candy and run D. wh taking the candy running
( )3.I heard him S.
says B. saying C. say D. said
( ) 4. Shall we g and listen t the reviewers n the new film?
t cmment B. cmment C. t cmmenting D. being cmment
( ) 5. Prfessr Black had us cmpsitins every Friday,
t write B. written C. write D. writing
( ) 6. Mrs. Smith made her pupils the text three times a week.
recite B. recited C. reciting D. t recite
( )7.Will yu me ut this prblem myself?
permit; wrking B. let; wrk C. allwed; t wrk D. frbid; t wrk
( )8.She was seen mdel ships in the rm.
made B. t make C. makes D. make
( ) 9. Birds are seldm heard at night.
sing B. singing C. t sing D. t be singing
( ) 10. The plane was nticed at six.
take ff B. t take ff C. get ff D. t get ff
( ) 11. Mr. Crssett was made his teaching because f his pr health and ld age.
give up B. give in C. t give up D. t give in
( ) 12. The bk is said int many freign languages.
A. t have been translated B. t have translated
C. having translated D. having been translated
( ) 13. The Marquis was thught. sme terrible wrngs t his tenants.
f ding B. that he had dne
C. t have dne D. t have been dne
( ) 14. The teacher asked him .
t repeat the sentence again B. repeat the sentence
C. he wuld repeat the sentence nce mre D. t repeat the sentence
( ) 15. The dctr advised La Li mre rest.
that he gt B. t get C. wuld get D. t have gtten
( ) 16. Je wishes us with him.
t g alng B. ging alng C. went alng D. will g alng
( )17.I dn’t want .
that anybdy saw me B. anybdy t see me
C. that smebdy sees me D. nbdy will see me
( ) 18. D yu think it difficult a hrse
t train; jumping B. training; fr jumping
C. t train; jump D. t train; t jump
( ) 19. My car has brken dwn. Wuld yu help me ?
t get the car t start B. get the car start
C. t get the car started D. get t start the car
( ) 20. Will yu jin us? I invited with us.
her spending weekend B. her t spending weekend
C. her t spend weekend D. she spent weekend
( ) 21. It is Master Wu wh taught us the machine.
A. what t deal with B. ran C. hw t run D. hw culd run
( ) 22. He rdered the rm .
t sweep B. t be swept C. shuld sweep D. swept
( ) 23. Tell Tm and Jack each ther.
nt quarrel B. nt t quarrel with
C. t nt quarrel with D. they nt quarrel
( ) 24. He wuld like them every day,
t practice B. t practise C. practicing D. practising
( ) 25. - -Are yu leaving nw?
-Unless yu wuld prefer me here.
t stay B. will stay C. that I'll stay D. staying
( ) 26. She was glad t see her child well .
take care f B. taken care f C. taken care D. taking care f
( ) 27. Why d yu stand and watch the milk .
A. biling B. biled
C. having biled D. having been biled
( )28.I've heard him abut yu ften.
spke B. speaking C. speak D. t speak
( ) 29. Befre he came t Lndn, he had never heard a single English wrd .
speaking B. spken C. speak D. being spken
( ) 30. Walking alng the river, we heard smene fr help.
shuting B. shut C. shuted D. having shuted
( ) 31. I held the little bird in my hand and felt its heart .
jumping B. beating C. bumping D. kncking
( ) 32. - -D yu smell anything unusual?
- -Yes. I can smell smething .
burning B. is burning C. having burnt D. burn
( ) 33. Why d yu have the water all the time?
ran B. t be running C. running D. being running
( ) 34. Ellen was absent this mrning because she had her tth .
A. filling B. having been filed c. filled D. being filled
( ) 35. I can't yu running up and dwn all day lng.
permit B. let C. have D. allw
( ) 36. -Is there anything yu want frm twn?
-I'm ging t get .
thse letters mailed B. mailed letters
C. t mailed thse letters D. thse letters mail
( ) 37. The teacher gt the students all the wrds they didn't knw,
lked up B. lking up C. t lk up D. t have lked up
( ) 38. What did the schl master want t the nisy children?
ding B. t d C. dne D. did
( ) 39. They wanted the wrk with great care.
A. t have dne B. t be dne C. ding D. t d
( ) 40. I need this chapter befre tmrrw.
rewriting B. rewritten C. rewrite D. t write again
( ) 41. Having read the Emperr's New Clthes, we all fund it .
interest B. interested C. interesting D. t interest
( ) 42. When she returned hme, she fund the windw pen and smething .
t steal B. lsing C. missed D. stlen
( ) 43. My hmetwn is fund
cmplete changing B. having cmpletely changed
C. cmpletely change D. cmpletely changed
( ) 44. We fund many peple in the meeting rm.
seat B. seating C. t seat D. seated
( ) 45. There was s much nise that the speaker culd nt make himself .
being heard B. heard C. hearing D. hear
( ) 46. Because f my pr English I'm afraid I can't make myself .
understand B. be understd C. understd D. understanding
( ) 47. Dn't let him yu fr a lng time.
t make; wait B. make; t wait C. make; wait D. t make; t wait
( )48.He kept me fr many hurs.
t wait B. having been waited
C. waiting D. waited
( ) 49. Mther caught the by in the crner.
smke B. t smke C. smking D. being smked
( ) 50. Jhn left his cat n the sfa.
A. laying B. lying C. laid D. lain
vi.非谓语动词作定语:其逻辑主语是被其修饰的名词
1.动名词作定语,只说明名词的用途,与所修饰名词是使用关系而非主谓关系。
2.现在分词作定语与所修饰词是主谓关系;有进行和持续意义,通常与谓语动作或状态同时进行或发生;或者分词本身有一个时间状语或者分词动作发生的时间由上下文明确表示出来。
注意:现在分词完成式不作定语; being不能单独作定语。
3.现在分词被动式作定语:定语与被修饰词是被动关系,表示正在进行的动作或与谓语动作或状态同时发生。
注意:现在分词完成式的被动式不作定语。4.不定式作定语:
1)常含有将来时间概念,或含有情态意义，即含shuld, can, must, have t, wrth 等
意义。
2)the first/last/secnd/best/wrst/nly+名词,用不定式作定语,可表示过去意义。
3)与被修饰词有动宾关系,不定式的逻辑主语是句中另外某个词或暗含。
4)作表示时间、地点、方式、同位关系的名词的定语。
5.不定式的被动式常指一个未来的被动的动作。
6.过去分词表示一个已经完成的动作或没有一定的时间性,与所修饰的名词成被动关系，强调状态。
7.“介词+动名词”作定语与不定式作定语在某些词后无区别。
1)在名词pprtunity, chance, way 后;
2)在动词decide, agree 后;
3)在形容词cntent, frtunate 后。
专项练习
( ) 1. The chair lks rather hard, but in fact it is very cmfrtable t .
sit B. sit n C. be sat D. be sat n
( ) 2. I'm nt sure which restaurant .
t eat n B. eating at C. t eat at D. fr eating
( ) 3. -What d yu think f this middle schl?
-It is a very gd .
A. schl t study B. schl t study in
C. studying schl D. schl fr children t study
( ) 4. -I'd like t buy an expensive camera.
- -Well, we have several mdels .
t chse frm B. f chice C. t be chsen D. fr chsing
( ) 5. We had n mney and n rm .
t live in B. t live C. living in D. living
( ) 6. He lves parties. He is always the first and the last
cming; leaving B. t cme; t leave C. cmes; leaves D. cme; leave
( ) 7. Befre he had n chance .
A. t g t schl B. t g schl
C. ging t schl D. t g t the schl
( ) 8. Nw the need ther peple's language is becming greater and greater.
t learn B. learning C. t be learned D. being learned
( ) 9. This is an imprtant matter. I need at least a day r tw
f thinking ver it B. t think it ver
C. f thinking it ver D. t think ver it
( )10.It is time wheat.
fr sw B. f swing C. t sw D. t swing
( ) 11. D yu have any clthes tday?" the maid asked.
t wash B. t be washed C. being washed D. washed
( ) 12. This is the best play last year.
A. t perfrm B. perfrmed
C. t be perfrmed D. having been perfrmed
( ) 13. This bk can be used in cuntries.
A. English- speaking B. English-spken C. spken-English D. speaking- English
( ) 14. At present, English is the main subject. here.
A. t be taught B. being taught
C. taught D. having been taught
( ) 15. Snw was fling when they went alng a muntain path t the frnt.
t lead B. led C. leading D. which lead
( ) 16. -Wh are thse peple with the banner?
- A grup itself the League fr Peace.
calling B. calls C. called D. is called
( ) 17. "The picture writing" lng lng ag is hard fr us t understand tday.
having been drawn B. being drawn
C. was drawn D. drawn
( ) 18. Hw 1 regret the days in ding the useless wrk!
A. which wasted B. wasted
C. which wasting D, having been wasted
( ) 19. The students, at the way the questins were put, didn't knw the answers t them.
A. wh surprised B. surprised
C. being surprised D. wh are surprised
( )20.The pen belngs t me.
which it is n the table B. lying n the table
C. is n the table D. which n the table
vi.非谓语动词作状语:其逻辑主语就是整个句子的主语
1.不定式作状语,常表示目的或结果。
2.分词作状语也表示结果，但常表示时间原因、条件、方式或伴随。
1)“nly+不定式”表示的是-一个相反的或出乎意料的结果,意为“不料,反而，结果却,想不到”;“nly+现在分词" ,通常表示一个自然而然的或意料之中的结果。
2)表示时间、原因、条件、伴随、方式等用分词。
3)分词作状语其逻辑主语- -定与主句的主语保持一致。
3.分词一般式表示分词的动作与谓语同时发生或紧接着发生;分词的完成式表示分词的动作先于谓语的动作。
4.如果句子的主语(分词的逻辑主语)是分词动作的执行者, 用现在分词的主动式,如果是分词动作的承受者用过去分词，如果既表示被动又强调先后关系，用分词完成式的被动式。
5.如果分词的逻辑主语和句子的主语不是同一人或物时,要用分词的独立结构。
专项练习
( ) 1. This dish clth is .
s wet B. wet enugh C.as wet D.t wet
( ) 2. The huse is much t small .
A. fr us t live B. fr us t live in
C. that we can't live D. that we can't live in
( ) 3. The light was strng enugh .
read by B. t read by C. reading by D. t read
( ) 4. He didn't speak slwly enugh .
A. everyne understd B. fr everyne understd
C. fr everyne t understand D. fr everyne t be understd
( )5.Wuld yu be t shw me the way t the City Hall?
gd enugh B. gd enugh as C. s gd D. as gd as
( )6.He was s flish his car unlcked.
t leave B. that he leave C. as t leave D. fr him t leave
( ) 7. Naplen spke s ludly as t in frnt f his sldiers.
hear B. be heard C. listen D. be listened
( ) 8. D yu think him easy ?
t get alng with B. t get alng
t be gt alng with D. t be gt alng
( ) 9. The water is gd .
t drink it B. t be drunk C. t drink D. at drinking
( ) 10. His speech in English was difficult .
in fllwing B. t be fllwed
C. t fllw D. t be fllwed by
( ) 11. Gd-bye, Mr. Jnes. I'm pleased .
A. fr meeting yu B. t meet yu
C. t have been meeting yu D. t have met yu
( ) 12. I have enjyed my visit here. I'll be very srry .
fr leaving B. f leaving C. t leave D. t have left
( ) 13. I spke t him kindly him.
t nt frighten B. s as nt t frighten
C.in rder t nt frighten D. fr nt frightening
( ) 14. Tm is waiting the dctr.
t see B. fr t see C. fr seeing D. fr see
( )15.1wenttseehim him ut.
finding B. t find C. nly t find D. nly finding
( )16. ne needs much practice.
T learn swimming well B. T learn t swim well
C. Swimming t be learned well D. Learning swim well
( ) 17._____ , I dn't like her sister.
Telling the truth B. Having tld the truth
C. T tell the truth D. T tell the true
( ) 18. fr several weeks, the city was shrt f fd and clthing.
Having flded B. Being flded
C. Having been flded D. Flded
( )19. tmrrw's lessns, I have n time t g ut with yu.
A. Nt preparing B. Nt prepare
C. Nt being prepared D. Nt having prepared
( ) 20. frm the tallest building, the whle city ls very beautiful.
See B. Saw C. Seeing D. Seen
( ) 21. Lk arund when the street.
crss B. crssing C. crssed D. t be crssing
( ) 22. We walked as fast as we culd, t catch the 9 : 30 train.
hping B. t hpe C. we hped D. being hped
( )23. the past, ur life is much better.
Cmparing with B. Being cmpared with
C. T cmpare with D. Cmpared with
( )24. the cry fr help, peple immediately rushed ut f the rms.
T hear B. Hearing C. Having heard D. They heard
( ) 25.It heavily, the uting had t be put ff.
being rained B. being raining C. raining D. rained
( ) 26. The sun they went hme.
set B. setted c. setting D. sets
( ) 27. , the cncert began.
A. The listeners having taken their seats B. Having taken their seats
C. Have taken their places D. The listeners t have taken their places
( )28. Hell, he reached ut his hand.
Said B. Saying C. T Say D. Say
( ) 29. He rushed int the rm, .
with sweat dripping B. sweat dripped
C. dripped sweat D. dripping sweat
( )30. , I went ut fr a walk.
There was nthing t d B. There being nthing t d
C. There had been nthing t d D. There t be nthing t d
综合练习
Ⅰ.用括号里所给单词或短语的适当形式填空。
1. The children all turned (lk at) the famus actress as she entered the classrm.
2. Nw that we' ve discussed ur prblem, are peple happy with the decisins (make)?
3. We are invited t a party (hld)in ur club next Friday.
4. I still remember (take) t the Famen Temple and what I saw there.
5. Many teachers were praised at the meeting, Mr. Zhu (include) .
6. With the gvernment's aid, thse (affect) by the earthquake have mved t the new settlements.
7. (tremble) with fright, a hungry fx hid himself in a small cave, (expse) his tail t the rain.
8. (blame)fr the terrible accident, as the public thught, the mayr felt nervus and was at a lss what t d.
9. ( suffer)frm heart truble fr years, Prfessr White has t take sme medicine with him wherever he ges.
10. He tld us whether (have) a picnic was still under discussin.
11. (tell) many times, he finally understd it.
12. (cmplete) the prject in time, the staff were wrking at weekends.
13. (encurage) by the advances in technlgy, many farmers have set up wind farms n their land.
14. (tire) and shrt f breath, Andy and Ruby were the first t reach the tp f Munt Tai.
15. There is a great deal f evidence (indicate) that music activities engage different parts f the brain.
16. Michael's new huse is like a huge palace, ( cmpare)with his ld ne.
17. With the wrld changing fast, we have smething new (deal)with all by urselves every day.
18. They use cmputers t keep the traffic (run) smthly.
19. Schls acrss China are expected t hire 50, 0000 cllege graduates this year as shrt-term teachers, almst three times the number hired last year, (help)reduce unemplyment pressures.
20. Distinguished guests and friends, welcme t ur schl (attend) the ceremny f the 50th Anniversary this mrning are ur alumni (Bt) frm hme and abrad.
21.I like getting up very early in summer. The mrning air is s gd (breathe).
22. - -Did the bk give the infrmatin yu needed?
-Yes. But (find) it, I had t read the entire bk.
23. I feel greatly hnred (welcme) int their sciety.
24. It is wrth cnsidering what makes cnvenience" fds s ppular, and ( intrduce) better nes f yur wn.
25. (thrw) their hats int the air, the fans f the winning team let ut lud shuts f victry.
26. I hear they've prmted Tm, but he didn’t mentin, (prmte) when we talked n the phne.
27. We finished the run in less than half the time. ( allw).
28. The trees (blw dwn) in the strm have been mved ff the rad.
29 (cmplete) the prject as planned, we'll have t wrk tw mre hurs a day.
30. Susan wanted t be independent f her parents. She tried (live) alne, but she didn't like it and mved back hme.
31. (shw) arund the Water Cube, we were then taken t see the Bird's Nest fr the 2008 Olympic Games.
32. We had an anxius cuple f weeks (wait) fr the results f the experiment.
33. (fail) t reach them n the phne, we sent an email instead.
34. (nt realize) that he was in great danger, Eric walked deeper int the frest.
35. It is ne f the funniest things (find) n the Internet s far this year.
36. (wait) in the queue fr half an hur , the ld man suddenly realized he had left the wallet in the car.
37. -Can thse (seat) at the back f the classrm hear me?
- -N prblem.
He was busy writing a stry, nly (stp) nce in a while t smke a cigarette.
39. Please remain (seat); the winner f the prize will be annunced sn.
40. T learn English well, we shuld find pprtunities t hear English (speak) as much as we can.
41. Lucy's new jb paid twice as much as she had made (wrk) in the restaurant.
42. (see) that she was ging t sleep,I asked if she' d like that little dll n her bed.
43. -The last ne (arrive) pays the meal.
- Agreed!
44. At the beginning f class, the nise f desks (pen and clse) culd be heard utside the classrm.
45. There is nthing mre I can try (persuade) yu t stay, s I wish yu gd luck.
46. - -Rbert is indeed a wise man.
-Oh, yes. Hw ften I have regretted (nt take) his advice!
When asked why he went there, he said he was sent there (train) fr a space flight.
48. Things (lse) never cme again.
49. (say) that she didn't d a gd jb, I dn't think I am abler than her.
50. Peter received a letter just nw (say) his grandma wuld cme t see him sn.
51. As Jack left his membership card at hme, he wasn't allwed (g) int the sprts club.
52. When Peter speaks in public, he always has truble (think f) the right things t say.
53. The club, (fund) 25 years ag, is hlding a party fr past and present members.
54. Genius is a cmplicated cncept, (invlve) many different factrs,
55. Peple have learnt the imprtance f keeping a balanced diet (satisfy) their nutritinal needs.
56. Once (marry), Jse devted her life t lking after children and being a full-ltime hmemaker.
57. (kick) a wet ftball can hurt yur ft if yu are nt careful.
58. Big cmpanies usually have a lt f branch ffices (perate) in different parts f the wrld.
59. (ask) t wrk vertime that evening, I missed a wnderful film,
60. This machine is very easy (perate) . Anybdy can learn t use it in a few minutes.
61. The ld cuple ften take a walk after supper in the park with their pet dg (fllw) them.
62. Tm tk a taxi t the airprt, nly (find) his plane high up in the sky.
I lked up and nticed a snake (wind) its way up the tree t catch its breakfast.
64. Befre driving int the city, yu are required t get yur car (wash).
65. Having finished her prject, she was invited by the schl ( speak) t the new students.
66. Jhn has really gt the jb because he shwed me the fficial letter (ffer) him it.
67. The lecture, (start) at7:00 pm last night, was fllwed by an bservatin f the mn with telescpes.
68. Time, (use)crrectly, is mney in the bank.
69. We've had a gd start, but next, mre wrk needs (d) t achieve the final success.
70. Befre yu quit yur jb, (cnsider) hw yur family wuld feel abut yur decisin.
71. We're having a meeting in half an hur. The decisin (make) at the meeting will influence the future f ur cmpany.
72. I make $ 2,000 a week, 60 surely (make) that big a difference t me.
73. (stand) in a lng queue, we waited fr the stre t pen t buy a new iPad.
74. If he takes n this wrk, he will have n chice but (meet) an even greater challenge.
75. One learns a language by making mistakes and (crrect) them.
76. (use) with care, ne tin will last fr Six weeks.
77. The ld man sat in frnt f the televisin every evening, happy (watch) anything that happened t be n.
78. Tny lent me the mney, (hpe) that I'd d as much fr him.
79. Gerge returned after the war, nly (tell) that his wife had left him.
80. - -Have yu figured ut hw much the trip will cst?
- -$4,000, r it isn't wrthy (make) .
81. China recently tightened its waters cntrls near the Huangyan Island t prevent Chinese fishing bats frm (attack) in the Suth China Sea.
82. Pressed frm his parents, and (realize) that he has wasted t much time, the by is determined t stp playing vide games.
83. It's such a nice place, " Mther said as she sat at the table (reserve) fr custmers.84. I think Tm, as the head f a big department, shuld either study regularly r (quit) his jb.
85. N matter hw bright a talker yu are, there are times when it's better (remain) silent.
86. (base) an imprtant decisin mre n emtin than n reasn, yu will regret it sner r later.
87. ( gather) arund the fire, the turists danced with the lcal peple.
88. When (ask)fr his views abut his teaching jb, Philip said he fund it very interesting and rewarding.
89. I remembered (lck) the dr befre I left the ffice, but frgt t turn ff the lights.
90. The next thing he saw was smke (rise) frm behind the huse.
91. The island, (jin) t the mainland by a bridge, is easy t g t.
92. Sarah pretended t be cheerful, (say nthing abut the argument.
93. It's imprtant fr the figures (update) regularly.
94. Sit dwn, Emma. Yu will nly make yurself mre tired, (keep) n yur feet.
95. Birds singing is smetimes a warning t ther birds (stay) away.
96. He gt up late and hurried t his ffice, (leave) the breakfast untuched.
97. Film has a much shrter histry, especially when (cmpare) t such art frms as music and painting.
98. The party will be held in the garden, weather ( permit) .
99. After cmpleting and signing it, please return the frm t us in the envelpe (prvide) .
100. Passengers are permitted (carry)nly ne piece f hand luggage nt the plane.
101. ( translate) int English, the sentence was fund t have an entirely different wrd rder.
102. Mike fund his missing car in the street utside his huse, (lk) newly cleaned and plished.
103. ( pen) in 1955, Disneyland in Califrnia is regarded by many as the riginal fun park.
104. Harrisn Frd is thught t be ne f the few mvie stars (wrk) as a carpenter befre.
105. Lk ver there -there's a very lng, winding path (lead) up t the huse.
106. Recently a survey (cmpare) prices f the same gds in tw different supermarkets has caused heated debate amng citizens.
107. Tsinghua University, (fund) in 1911, is hme t a great number f utstanding figures.
108. The difference in thickness and weight frm the earlier versin makes the iPad 2 mre cmfrtable (hld).
109. Tm asked the candy makers if they culd make the chclate easier (break) int small pieces.
110. Bats are surprisingly lng-lived creatures, sme (have) a life span f arund 20 years.
111. Even the best writers smetimes find themselves (lse) fr wrds.
112. If they win the final tnight, the team are ging t tur arund the city (cheer) by their enthusiastic supprters.
113. Ladex desn’t feel like ( study) abrad. Her parents are ld.
114. Simn made a big bamb bx (keep) the little sick bird till it culd fly.
115. (ffer) an imprtant rle in a new mvie, Andy has a chance t becme famus.
116. Mre TV prgrams, accrding t gvernment fficials, will be prduced ( raise) peple's cncern ver fd safety.
117. Michael put up a picture f Ya Ming beside the bed t keep himself. (remind) f his wn dreams.
118. Claire had her luggage (check) an hur befre her plane left.
119. Mre highways have been built in China, (make) it much easier fr peple t travel frm ne place t anther.
120. The ability (express) an idea is as imprtant as the idea itself.
121. The players (select) frm the whle cuntry are expected t bring us hnr in this summer game.
122. D yu wake up every mrning (feel) energetic and ready t start a new day?
123. (gather) arund the fire, the turists danced with the lcal peple.
124. On receiving a phne call frm his wife (say) she had a fall, Mr, Grdn immediately rushed hme frm his ffice.
125. Twenty students want t attend the class that aims ( teach) hw t read fast.
126. We wanted the watch (repair) this afternn.
127. - -Used yu t (grw) vegetables in the cuntry befre yu came here?
-Yes, but nw l’ve gt quite used t (wrk) in this cmputer cmpany.
128. -Yu were brave enugh t raise bjectins at the meeting,
-Well, nw I regret (d) that.
129. -I can't see the wrds n the blackbard.
- -Perhaps yu need t have yur eyes (examine) .
Ⅱ.用括号里所给的核心词汇或短语，翻译下列句子。
1.中国是一个发展中国家，属于第三世界（belng）

2.那天向我们讲话的那个人到日本去了。(speak)

3.有许多学生在校门口等着欢迎外籍教师。(welcme)

4.史密斯先生昨天作的报告非常有趣(give)

5.他们当中一些人,生长在农村,从未见过火车。(bring up)

6.正在修建的这座房子将作我们的餐厅。(serve as)

7.在那棵大树底下大声朗读的那个女孩是谁? (read)

8.欢迎那些对此讲座感兴趣的人准时参加。(interest)

9.听到这个消息他们高兴得跳了起来。(jump with jy)

10.由于不知道地址,我们没法和他取得联系。(have n way)

11.他们给我寄来一封信,希望得到我的支持。(hpe)

12.这位外国人站在那里看起来很焦急,显然是迷路了。(get lst)

13.我和他共事多年,对他很是了解。(wrk with sb.)

14.罗密欧(Rme)相信朱丽叶(Juliet)已死,就决定自杀。(kill neself)

15.知道自己的钱不够,又不想向自己的父亲借，他决定把表当(pawn)了。(knw)

16.既不懂当地的语言，在这国家又没有朋友,她觉得要想找到工作是不可能的。(it)

17.从窗口望去,我看见有几只小鸟在树上歌唱。(lk ut f)

18.这小孩跌了一跤,头撞在门上了。(strike ne's head against)。

19.把这些数字加起来,我们就会得到正确的答案。(add up)

20.我们坐在窗户边谈论着昨天发生的事。(happen)

21.这个保安员认为杰克逊先生是个贼,转过身来抓住了他。(think)

22.登上山顶,我们看到了一片壮丽的景色。(limb)

23.住在偏僻的乡下,他们对外界发生的事知之甚少。(knw little abut)

24.他躺在那里撒谎说前天母鸡下的蛋已经放在篮子里了。(lie)

25.妈妈给我量了体温发现我正发烧。(take ne's temperature)

26.我们被领着参观了实验室,又被带着去看了图书馆。(shw sb. arund)

他由于没做完功课就不会出去玩了。(finish ne's lessns)

28.得知有客人要来之后,他们把房间准备好了。(get sth. ready)

29.已失败了两次，她不想再试了。(have anther try)

30.意识到保安员误把Mr. Jacksn当作贼了,女经理向Mr. Jacksn道歉。(realize)

31.很长时间没有得到你的信,我真是有点想你。(hear frm)

32.一旦见到了她,就永远也忘不了她。(nce)

33.这本书用简易英语写成,很容易读懂。(be easy)

34.换种方式解释,这题更易理解。(in anther way)

35.和那件衣裳相比,这件更适合她。(cmpare with)

36.再多给些时间,我就会把那道题演算出来。(give mre time)

37.参观者进来了,后面跟着一群年轻人。(fllw)

38.听说他病了,我马上去看他。(right away)

39.到车站时,我发现火车已经走了。(arrive)

40.他们送给我一-张请帖,邀请我去参加一个生日聚会。(invite)

那位老太太由两个女儿搀扶着走进了这个房间。(supprt)

42.这消息使他们非常振奋，决定马上出发。(inspire)

43.太阳落山了,我们不得不停留在该村过夜。(set)

44.电话坏了，我们不能和他们取得联系。(ut f rder)

45.天气这么好,有人建议在户外开个聚会。(in the pen air)

46.她一声不响地坐在那里,眼泪从双颊滚落下来。(run dwn)

47.因为没有公共汽车,我们只好步行回家。(there be)

48.这些孩子需要照料吗? (need)

49.上尉下达了马上渡河的命令。(give an rder)

50.这是提高产量的重要途径。(raise prductin)

51.他是第一个提出这个问题的学生。(raise)

52.她不是个只考虑自己的人。(think f)

53.还早着呢，没有必要这么匆忙。(n need)

54.大家都急于知道考试结果。( anxius)

55.他决心献身于教育事业。(the cause f educatin)

56.这个房间住着不太舒服。(live)

57.我们匆匆忙忙的.为的是不错过那趟火车。(in a hurry)

58.我们隐瞒这个消息为了不让他泄气。(s as nt t)

59.请你就如何学英语给我们一些建议好吗? (s kind as t)

60.据说他身体比以前好多了。(be said)

61.据说这本书已经翻译成好几国文字了。(be said)

62.被问及这一问题时,他不知所措。(ask sb. f sth.)

63.要求你们出席明天下午五点在演讲厅举行的英语讲座。(hld a lecture)

64.我们要做的第一件事就是要做周密的计划。(make a careful plan)

65.我那时正纳闷着是否在这里再待一个星期。(wnder)

66.对不起,我忘了在这封信中提这件事了。(refer t)

67.在这么短的时间内完成这样艰巨的任务相当难。(it)

68.向他提醒一下这件事是我们的义务。(remind)

69.他主动提出要帮助我们学英语。(ffer)

70.我们现在应做的是改善我们的生活条件。(imprve)

71.一下飞机他就发现被许多记者围住。(surrund)

72.他躺在那里只露着脸。(with)

73.他疲惫不堪地到达火车站,结果却发现火车已经开走了。(find)

74.意识到将要发生什么事，他匆忙就走开了。(in a hurry)

75.穿上红色衣服，她看起来更美。(dress)

76.你记得关灯了么?你总是忘了关灯。(frget)

77.她完全醒着(wide awake)躺在床上,眼睛盯着天花板。(ix ne's eyes)

78.我们不得不站在雨中,等着下列火车的到来。(wait fr sb t d)

79.有人在敲门，这个贼心跳得很快,不知所措。(with)

80.和先进工作者相比,我们还有很大的差距。(cmpare with)

第五章 动词的时态和语态
Ⅰ.动态的时态
一般现在时
1.主要用来表示人和事物的现在状况和特点。
2.表示经常或习惯性的动作,句子中常有ften, always, frm time t time等时间状语)。
3.表示客观规律和永恒的真理,即使出现在过去的语境中,仍用一般现在时。
4.在时间和条件状语从句中,代替- -般将来时;常用的引导词有:
表示时间: when,until,after,befre,as sn as,nce,the mment/the minute, every time等。
表示条件:if, unless, as/s lng as
5.在“make sure (certain)e t it/ mind/care/ matter +宾语从句”,从句用一般现在时代替一般将来时。
6.在the mre ... the mre （越……越……）句型中,若主句是一般将来时,从句用一般现在时。
ii.现在进行时
1.表示说话时或目前一段时间内正在进行的活动。
2.与表示感情色彩、加强语气与频率的副词如always, cnstantly, cntinually, again 等连用表示说话人的某种感情色彩(赞叹、厌烦、埋怨等)。
3.在时间状语或条件状语从句中,表示将来正在进行的动作。
4.表示在最近按计划或安排要进行的动作(这时多有表示将来的时间状语)。
专项练习
( )1.Life like a bx f chclate; yu never knw what yu get.
A. is ging t be; will B. is; are ging t
C. will be; are t D. has been; are abut t
( )2.Yu things abut. Lk, what a mess in yur rm!
were always thrwing B. are always thrwing
C. always thrw D. always threw
( ) 3. On Mnday mrnings it usually me an hur t drive t wrk althugh the actual distance is nly 20 miles,
will take B. is taking C. tk D. takes
( )4.If it an interesting film, we'll see it tmrrw.
will be i B. is ging t be C. is D.is t be
( ) 5. That piece f music sunds quite familiar. Wh the pian upstairs?
A. plays B. is playing C. played D. was playing
i.现在完成时
1.表示动作发生在过去,完成在过去，但强调与现在情况仍有联系,其结果或影响仍存在。
2.现在完成时有一些标志性的时间状语:fr +时间段; since+时间点。
3.常见的不确定的时间状语有lately, recently, just, already, yet, up t nw, till nw, s far, these days等。
4.在表示“最近几世纪/年/月以来”的句子中，谓语动词用现在完成时。如in the past few years/mnths/ weeks/ days, ver the past few years, during the three mnths, fr the last few centuries, thrugh centuries, thrughut histry 等。
5.表示“第几次做某事”,或在“It is the best ( wrst, mst、 interesting)+ 名词+ that"后面跟现在完成时。
专项练习
( ) 1. The price recently, but I dubt it will remain s.
has increased B. increased C. increases D. is increasing
( )2.Nw that yu frm abrad, what are yu ging t d?
A. returned B. return
C. have returned D. have been returning
( ) 3. The small cuntry since the 1880s.
has cme int existence B. has been in existence
C. has been existed D. has begun t exist
( )4.He fr quite a lng time.
A. has cme here B. hasn't cme here
C. has left fr America D. has received my e-mail
( ) 5. The girl has a great interest in sprt and badmintn classess twice a week ver the last three years.
A. tk B. had taken C. has taken D. had been taking
iv.一般过去时
1.表示在过去某个特定时间发生且完成的动作,或过去习惯性动作,不强调对现在的影响,只说明过去。
2.常跟表示明确的过去时间状语连用，如yesterday, last week, in 1945, at that time, nce,during the war, befre, a few days ag, when 等。
3. used t d表示过去经常但现在已不再维持的习惯动作。t 为不定式，后接动词原形,注意与be used t ding(习惯于做某事)的区别。
4.在时间和条件状语从句中,代替过去将来时。
v.过去进行时
表示过去某个时间点或某段时间内正在发生的动作。
vi.过去完成时
1.表示过去某个时间之前已经完成的动作,即过去完成时的动作发生在“过去的过去”,句中有明显的参照动作或时间状语，这种时态从来不孤立使用，如befre, after, by, up till等。
2.用于hardly/scarcely .. when, n sner ... than句型中,主句用过去完成时，从句用一般过去时。
3.表示“第几次做某事",主句用过去时,从句用过去完成时。
4.动词hpe, expect, think, intend, mean, want, suppse, plan等用过去完成时,表示未实现的愿望、打算和意图。
专项练习
( ) 1. I'm calling abut the apartment yu the ther day. Culd yu tell me mre abut it?
A. had advertised B. advertised C. has advertised D. advertise
( ) 2. He was unhappy when he sld his guitar. After all, he it fr a very lng time.
has had B. had C. has D. had had
( ) 3. --Did yu catch what I said?
- -Srry. I a text message just nw.
answered B. have answered C. was answering D. had answered
( ) 4. -Has Tm finished his cmpsitin yet?
-I have n idea; he it this mrning.
A. wrte B. has written C. was writing D. had written
( ) 5. My uncle went t Canada 2 years ag. He there fr a few mnths and then went t America.
wuld wrk B. had wrked C. has wrked D. wrked
( ) 6. The year 2010 remarkable changes in Shanghai's landscape.
has seen B. had seen C.saw D. was seeing
( ) 7. I first met Lisa 3 years ag. She at a radi shp at that time.
wrked B. had been wrking C. was wrking D. had wrked
( )8.We t be able t arrive befre six, but we were caught in a heavy traffic jam.
A. hped B. had hped C. has hped D. had been hping
vi.一般将来时
1.表示在将来某个时间会发生的动作或情况。常和tmrrw, next years, in 2088等表示将来的时间状语连用。
2. 一般将来时总是用在一些时间状语从句或条件状语从句的主句中,主句用一般将来时，从句中一定要用一般现在时替代-一般将来时。
3.某些表示短暂性动作的动词如arrive, cme, g, leave, start等,用现在进行时形式表示将来。
4.“祈使句+ and/r+句子”,这种结构中and后面的句子谓语用一般将来时。
5.“be ging t +动词原形"表示打算要做的事或可能要发生的事。
“"be abut t +动词原形"表示按照预订计划或打算准备着手进行的动作。
"be t +动词原形"表示必须、必然或计划将要做的事。
vii.将来进行时
表示将来某个时间正在发生的动作,或按计划一定会发生的事情。
ix.将来完成时
1.表示在将来某时刻之前业已完成的事情,常用“by+将来的时间”作时间状语，如by the end f this year, by 8 'clck this evening, by March next year以及由by the time 或when等引导的状语从句。
2.在时间和条件状语从句中，将来完成时的含义则由现在完成时的形式表现出来。
专项练习
( ) 1. -Did yu tell Julia abut the result?
- -Oh, n, I frgt. I her nw.
called B. will call C. am calling D. was calling
( )2.He his ffice when the telephne rang.
A. left B. wuld leave C. was leaving D. has left
( ) 3. I wuldn't be able t attend yur birthday party at eight 'clck tmrrw evening because I t America at that time.
will fly B. will be flying C. am flying D. fly
( )4.Tm clse the windws when his attentin was caught by a bird.
was t B. was likely t C. was due t D. was abut t
( ) 5. By the time yu are back this evening, I all the wrk.
will d B. will be ding C. will have dne D. am ging t d
( ) 6. The cnference a full week by the time it ends.
must have lasted B. shuld have lasted
C. wuld have lasted D. will have lasted
x.现在完成进行时
表示过去某一时刻开始的动作或状态一直持续到现在。
专项练习
( ) 1. -Have yu thught f a tpic fr yur article yet?
- -N, I a lt abut it, but I haven't decided.
have thught B. have been thinking
C. had thught D. thught
( )2.Yu knw,I fr a jb fr 3 mnths, and this is my first frmal interview.
A. lked B. have lked
C. have been lking D. had lked
( ) 3. The little by is dirty all ver because he in the mud all the mrning.
A. has played B. played
C. has been playing D. had played
( ) 4. I'm sure yu will d better in the test because yu s hard this year.
A. studied B. have studied
C. have been studying D. had been studying
( )5.Yu the nvel fr almst 6 hurs. Why nt jin us and have a cup f tea?
have read B. have been reading
C. had read D. read
Ⅱ.动词的语态
1.一般用于强调受动者, 可以忽略施动者的情况下。
2.常见的不能用于被动语态的动词和词组有:cme true, cnsist f, take place, happen,becme, rise, ccur, belng, break ut, arrive, die, fall, last, exist, fail, succeed等。
3.系动词smell, taste, sund, lk, feel, seem, remain, grw, turn 等- -般用主动形式表被动意义。
4.下列动词的主动语态表示被动意义，而且常与well, easily, badly ，smthly 等副词连用:
lck(锁), wash(洗), sell(卖), read(读), wear(穿), blame(责备), ride(乘坐), write(写)等。
5.形容词wrth后,用动名词主动形式表被动意义。
6.动词need, want, require, deserve 等动词后用动名词的主动形式表被动意义。
7.短语动词改为被动语态,后面的介词不能拆开或者省略。
8. "get+ed 分词”构成的被动语态,强调动作的结果,如get hurt, get paid, get prmted等。
9.感官动词或使役动词在主动语态中要省略动词不定式符号t的，在被动语态中要还原t。
专项练习
( ) 1. The discvery f gld in Australia led thusands t believe that a frtune .
is made B. wuld make C. was t be made D. had made
( ) 2. Mum, I was wndering if yu culd lend me a few dllars until I n Firday.
A. gt paid B. get paid
C. have paid D. have been paid
( ) 3. Many students apply fr a psitin at that cmpany, but nly a few .
A. accepted B. were accpted
C. are accepted D. had been accepted
( ) 4. The nvel I bught yesterday .
is very wrth reading B. is very wrth being read
C. is well wrth reading D. is well wrth being read
( ) 5. Whether a bk depends n many factrs.
A. is sld gd B. sells gd C. is sld well D. sells well
综合练习
Ⅰ.单项选择
( ) 1. The center f gravity f the human bdy behind his jint.
lcated B. lcating C. t lcate D. is lcated
( ) 2. -What happened in that new area?
-New huses recently ver there.
are built B. build C. have built D. have been built
( ) 3. -When did yu g t wrk?
- -As sn as they came, we t wrk.
went B. were ging C. had gne D. g
( ) 4. Perhaps it will be a lng time frm abrad.
when Tm cmes back B. when Tm will cme back
C. befre Tm cmes back D. that Tm cmes back
( )5.We n it fr many hurs, but we have nt yet reached any cnclusin.
A. are being wrked B. are wrking
C. have been wrking D. have been wrked
( ) 6. My uncel, Sam, manager f the firm.
have just made B. is just being made
C. has just been made D. is just made
( ) 7. Electins every fur years and Cngress meets nce a year.
are taken place B. are t be taken place
C. tk palce D. take place
( ) 8. The new type f machine the year after next.
is ging t turn ut B. is ging t being turned ut
C. is ging t have turned ut D. is ging t be turned ut
( )9.He said such a thing t happen.
ught t be nt allwed B. ught nt t be allwing
C. ught nt t have allwed D. ught nt t be allwed
( ) 10. She tld me that her prpsal
needed t be take int cnsideratin
needed t be taken int cnsideratin
needed t be taking int cnsideratin
D. needed t have taken int cnsideratin
( ) 11. The gvernment t apprve the use f widespread surveillance when the Justice Department tk bjectins.
is ging B. had been C. was abut D. is cming
( ) 12. Yu ught t a test in physics the day befre, I think.
have taken B. take C. be taken D. be taking
( ) 13. This is ne f the best nvels that this year.
appears B. is appearing C. has appeared D. have appeared
( ) 14. We had hardly sat dwn when she plates f fd fr us.
brught B. has brught C. had brught D. was bringing
( ) 15. A friend f mine returned t his huse after a hliday, nly t find it
A. be brken int B. was brken int
C. had brken int D. had been brken int
( ) 16. What I was uncertain abut whether they culd vercme the difficulties.
is B. will be C. had been D. was
( ) 17. By the time the curse ends, a lt abut Britain.
we'll learn B. we are learning C. we have learnt D. we'll have learnt
( ) 18. He will cme t call n yu the mment he his wrk.
will finish B. finishes C. had finished D. finished
( ) 19. I thught Jim wuld say smething abut his schl reprt, but he it.
desn't mentin B. hadn't mentined
C. didn't mentin D. hasn't mentined
( ) 20. The first use f atmic weapns was in 1945, and their pwer increased enrmusly even since.
A. is B. was C. has been D. had been
( ) 21. The number f deaths frm heart disease will be reduced greatly if peple t eat mre fruit and vegetables.
persuade B. will be persuaded C. be persuaded D. are persuaded
( ) 22. Mre than a dzen students in that schl abrad t study medicine last year.
sent B. were sent C. has been sent D. had been sent
( ) 23. Send my regards t yur lvely wife when yu hme.
A. wrte B. will write c. have written D. write
( ) 24. When he turned prfessinal at the age f 11, Mike t becme a wrld champin by his cach and parents.
A. expected B. was expecting
C. was expected D. wuld be expected
( ) 25. With the help f high technlgy, mre and mre substances in the past years.
A. discvered B. have discvered
C. had been discvered D. have been discvered
( ) 26. -D yu knw if Terry will g camping this weekend?
- -Terry? Never! She tents and fresh air!
has hated B. hated C. will hate D. hates
( ) 27. In recent years, many ftball clubs as business t make a prfit.
A. have run B. have been run C. had been run D. will run
( ) 28. During the perid f recent terrrist activities, peple nt t tuch an unattended bag.
had always been warned B. were always being warned
C. are always warning D. always warned
( ) 29. Every few years, the cal wrkers their lungs X-rayed t ensure their health,
A. are having B. have C. have had D. had had
( ) 30. The church twer which will be pen t turists sn. The wrk is almst finished.
has restred B. has been restred C. is restring D. is being restred
( ) 31. After getting lst in a strm, a member f the navy team fur days later.
A. rescued B. was rescued
C. has rescued D. had been rescued
( ) 32. Is hnesty the best plicy? We that it is when we are yung,
will teach B. teach C. are taught D, will be taught
( ) 33. -I hear that Jasn is planning t buy a car
-I knw. By next mnth, he enugh mney fr a used ne.
A. will have saved B. will be saving C. has saved D. saves
( ) 34. The schl bard is made up f parents wh t make decisins abut schl affairs.
had been elected B. had elected
C. have been elected D. have elected
( ) 35. The flwers sweet in the btanic garden attract the vistrs t the beauty f nature.
A. t smell B. smelling C. smelt D. t be smelt
Ⅱ.用动词的适当形式填空。
1. Rain frests (cut) and burned at such a speed that they will disappear frm the earth in the near future.
2. Officials say that few patients (infect) with the virus wing t the effective preventin.
3. Facing the ecnmic depressin, every pssible means (try) this year t save the cmpany frm ging bankrupt.
4. After a careful discussin, the tw parties have made a rugh plan but the details
(wrk) ut later.
5. Custmers are asked t make sure that they (give) the right change befre leaving the checkut cunter.
6. The Dubai financial crisis (reprt) t have added mre pressure t the already-serius wrld ecnmy.
7. Since the beginning, the televisin industry in the US (cntrl)by three cmpanies, the ABC, the CBS, and the NBC.
8. -D yu have any prblem if yu (ffer) this jb.
-Well, I'm thinking abut the salary.
Once harm (d) t the envirnment, it takes years t have the system recvered.
10. - -Hw lng (yu emply) in the jb?
- - Since 1990.
11. Effrts t stp smking in public areas (make) in Hangzhu in recent weeks.
12. N cnclusin (reach) abut whether t tear dwn the ld buildings fr a theme park until several discussins have been made.
13. He damaged his leg s badly in the accident that the bne ( expse) .
14. Over the Huangpu River (build) fur grand bridges in shanghai s far.
15. The cnstructin f the new art museum started tw years ag, but it (cmplete) s far due t the varius reasns.
16. At the current rate, fur-fifths f the tremendus prject (expect) t be finished by the end f this year.
17.Mst parents believe that the hard wrk fr their schl kids (repay) later in their lives.
18. Mre than 20 cars f the new type (sell) in the first three days after its launch last Saturday.
19. In the ld days, students were expected t memrize infrmatin and then feed back what
(prvide) t them.
Experiments n animals (cnduct) lng befre the medicine was applied t patients.
21.Thugh he (tell) many times, he still had n idea f this cmplicated cncept.
22. Sme celebrities are eager t make their private lives knwn t the public fr fear that n ntice (pay) t them.
Ⅲ.把下列汉语译成英语，请注意动词时态和语态的正确使用。
1.他上大学的时候，写了许多剧本。

2.她在回来之前就生病一个星期了。

3.过去他一有空就去公园。

4.我感到很激动，因为我很快就要首次离开家了。

5.如果我们想在十点前到，我们现在就得走。

6.我本想去帮你的，但当时实在太忙了。

7.我刚到家，大雨就倾盆而下。

8.那位老人常受人嘲笑。

9.时间一定要充分利用。

10.计划必须尽早执行。

11. 新技术的目的是使生活更便利，而不是更繁琐。

12.迪斯尼最大的愿望就是成为一个著名的艺术家。

13.他们老是为某件事争吵。

14.假如他昨天看到你，他就会问你这件事了。

15.这是我们第一次在一起说话。

16.我本来昨天打算要去拜访你，但来了个不速之客。

17.我们今年已数次讨论那件事。

18.明天此时我们正在飞越大西洋的上空。

第六章 强调句型
i.强调谓语或者其他成分
1.强调谓语动词一般在谓语动词原型前加d/des/did。时态是一般现在时,在动词原型前加d/des,时态是一般过去时,在谓语动词原型前加did。
2.强调句子其他成分用强调句型:“It+ be+被强调成分+ wh/ that+句子的其他成分”。
注意:
1)被强调的成分是主语指人时，可以用wh/that,强调其他成分一律用that。
2)在强调句中, be动词通常只有两种形式:-般现在时is, 一般过去时was,但是不排除带有情态动词的形式。
专项练习
( ) 1. It was between 1830 and 1835 the mdern newspaper was brn.
that B. hw C. which D. when
( )2.Was it wh telephned yesterday?
him B. his C. he D. himself
( ) 3. It was twenty years ag he jined the party.
A. then B. when C. since D. that
( ) 4.We were tld that it was in that rm the Republicans held the imprtant meeting.
A. where B. and C. that D. which
( ) 5. It was nt until he entered the classrm he realized that he had frgtten t d the hmewrk.
befre B. when C. where D. that
( ) 6. It is the uses t which televisin is put determine its value t sciety.
A. they B. thse C. that D. wh
( ) 7. It was the training that he had as a yung man made him such a gd engineer.
that B.has C. what D. wh
( ) 8. It was nt fr their persnal interest they did that.
when B. s C. as D. that
( )9. the Christmas shpping seasn begins.
That is after Thanksgiving B. After Thanksgiving it is
C. It is after Thanksgiving that D. It is Thanksgiving that
ii.被强调成分的多样性
强调句中,被强调的成分可以是主语、宾语、状语等。而状语既可以是副词、介词短语,也可以是状语从句。如because, since, when等引导的从句或nt until引导的从句等。
专项练习
( ) 1. It was nly when I reread his pems recently I began t appreciate their beauty.
until B. that C. then D. s
( )2.It was at the gate he tld me the news,
that B. what C. which D. when
( )3.Des matter if he can't finish the jb n time?
A. this B. that C. he D. it
( ) 4. It was nt until she had arrived hme she remembered her appintment with Tm.
when B. that C. and D. while
( ) 5.It Jenny and I wh came t the wedding party the ther day.
be B. was C. were D. are
( ) 6. It was at abut 10 'clck I finished writing the reprt.
A. since B. that C. when D. which
( ) 7. It was nly when I explained t him again he began t realize his mistake.
A. that B. until c. then D. s
( )8.It was n the hill the yung sldier died fr the cuntry they set up a mnument.
where; where B. where; that
C. that; that D. that; where
( ) 9. It is in this lake my classmates and I ften spend a hliday bating.
which B. where C. that D. in which
( ) 10. It is fr themselves wrking hard at their lessns.
nly; that they are nt B. nt nly; that they are
C. nly; when they aren't D. nt nly; when they are
ⅲ.强调句的疑问句形式
强调句中,强调结构的一般疑问句形式经常出现，此时be需要提至it前。
2.强调句的反义疑问句总是针对it is/was进行反问。
3.强调句的特殊疑问句:特殊疑问词+ is/was it that+句子的其他成分?
专项练习
( )1. yu met the Englishman?
Where it was that B. Wh it was that
C. Where was it that D. Where was that
( ) 2. -Wasn't it Dr. Wang wh spke t yu just nw?
- .
I didn't knw he was B. Yes, it was
C. N, he wasn’t D. Yes, he did
( ) 3. Is it in the factry yur father wrks we'll wrk fr tw weeks?
A. where; that B. where; where C. that; where D. that; that
( ) 4. Was it in the library he ften read bks she met him?
that; that B. where; that C. which; where D. that; where
( )5.Was it we played ftball yu fund the key t the bike?
that; that B. that; where C. where; that D. where; in which
( ) 6.It was in 1901 Thedre Rsevelt became president f the
when B. and C. that D. which
( )7.--ls it my age the bss minds?
- -I'm afraid nt. He just cnsiders necessary t have an experienced assistant.
which; it B. that; it C. which; that D. that; that
( ) 8. It was nly under pressure t resign his pst.
did the president agree B. that did the president agree
C. that the president agreed D. agreed the president
( ) 9. It was abut 600 years ag the first clck with a face and an hur was made.
that B. until C. befre D. when
( ) 10. Was it in Nagan, Japan the 18th Olympic Winter Games were held?
A. which B. where C. that D./
iv.强调句被分隔
1.强调句经常被插入的定语从句分隔,这时要理顺其中的关系。
2.强调句经常被插入的短语分隔。
3.强调句经常被插入的同位语从句分隔。
专项练习
( )1.Was it at the schl was named after a her he spent his childhd?
that; that B. where; where
C. that; where D. where; that
( )2. the students have understd what they are taught in class they will make greater prgress.
It is nly then; that B. It was that; when
C. It is nly when; that D. It was when; then
( )3.Was Bill, played basketball very well, helped the blind man acrss the street?
that; that; wh B. it; that; that
C. it; wh; that D. this; wh; wh
( )4.It was he verheard his parents were talking abut he felt very ashamed.
because; what; that B. because f; hw; which
C. as; why; that D. because; that; which
( )5.Why this kind f glasses made in that shp wears cmfrtably?
is it that B. it is that C. it was that : D. was it that
( ) 6. because f the letter lst the day befre yesterday he gt angry?
Was it; that B. Was it; when
C. Is it; that D. Is it; when
( )7. was nt until he tld me the news_______ my daughter had passed the university entrance examinatin a heavy stne was taken ff my mind.
It; which; that B. It; which; which
C. It; that; that D. It; that; which
v.从句中的强调句
1.口语中强调句的主语可以是it以外的代词he, that或thse 等。
2.名词性从句中的强调句语序一定要用陈述语序。
3.强调句也经常充当主语从句。
4.当被强调的是主语时，主语若是人称代词要用主格;强调主语时,无论主语是人或物，that/ wh后面的谓语动词单复数由被强调的主语来决定。
专项练习
( )1. was in 1979 I graduated frm the university.
That; that B. It; that
C. That; when D. It; when
( )2.It was he said disappinted me.
what; that B. that; that
C. what; what D. that; what
( ) 3. It was with great difficulty the by gathered the strength t rise.
with which B. that C. which D. what
( )4.Is it many years yu married?
that; gt B. since; gt
C. befre; gt D. fr; gt :
( )5.It was in the hall we have dinner we held a party last night.
where; that B. that; where
C.where; which D. which; where
( ) 6. It was my suggestin. made him lse weight.
which B. that C. f which D. what
( )7.It was that made him angry.
because he had failed in the exam
his failure in the exam
because f his failure in the exam
as he failed in the exam
( ) 8.It is nly when yu nearly lse smene hw much yu need him.
then yu realize B. d yu realize
C. that yu realize D. yu then realize
( ) 9. I can't quite remember yu started ding the wrk.
that it was when B. when it was that
C. when was it that D. that was it when
( ) 10. I have always been hnest and straightfrward, and it desn't matter that I'm talking t.
A. wh is it B. wh it is C. it is wh D. it is whm
vi.强调句的特殊情况
1.强调句常用省略形式，是指把that及后面的内容全部省略,但省略一定要有语境的。
2.强调句型中的be动词和情态动词的结合。句式结构:
1) It may be+被强调部分+ that...
2) It must have been+被强调部分+ that..3) Culd it be+被强调部分+
3.感叹句的强调结构,既要体现强调句型的形式特征，又要体现感叹句的自然语序。总是将强调句式插入句子的感叹词后面。
1) Hw+形容词十it is that+主语+谓语!
2) What+ (a)形容词+名词+ it is that+主语+谓语!
专项练习
( ) 1. It might have been Jhn bught a new bk fr Mary yesterday.
what B. since C. that D. then
( )2.It maybe next week she leaves fr Tky,
what B. since C. that D. then
( ) 3. Hw happy he lks!
it is that B. it is which C. that it is D. is it that
( ) 4. What a clever by he is!
it is that B. it is which C. that it is D. is it that
( ) 5. - -I can't find Mr. Smith. Where did yu meet him this mrning?
- -It was in the htel he stayed.
A. that B. which C. the ne D. where
综合练习
Ⅰ.用适当的连词填空。
1. It was frm nly a few supplies that she had bught in the village the hstess cked such a nice dinner .
2. Jhn's success has nthing t d with gd luck. It is years f hard wrk has made him what he is tday,
3. It was nt he came back frm Africa that year he met the girl he wuld like t marry.
4. It was in New Zealand Elizabeth first met Mr. Smith.
5.It was alng the Mississippi River Mark Twain spent much f his childhd.
6. It was nt until midnight they reached the camp site,
7. It was nly with the help f the lcal guide the muntain climber was rescued.
8. It wasn't we had stayed tgether fr a cuple f weeks I fund we had a lt in cmmn.
9. It is what yu d rather than what yu say matters.
10. It is nt wh is right but what is right is f imprtance.
11. It was nt until she gt hme Jennifer realized she had lst her keys.
12. It was after he gt what he had desired he realized it was nt s imprtant.
13. - -In which part f the play was yur brther appeared?
- -In the last ten minutes.
14, - -Where was it the earthquake brke ut yesterday?
- -In an Italian city.
was in the 1990's that the trade between the tw cuntries reached its highest pint.
16. It was when searching fr the lst bk whse cver was missing he fund a secret letter addressed t his mther.
17. Between the tw generatins, it is ften their different views f life and value cause family cnflicts.
18. It was nt just the size f the party last night made it unique, but it meant t ur cmpany.
19. - -What did he want t knw, Jhn?
- - was that we culd finish ur wrk
20.It is the way he talks with his mther is different frm we were used t.
21. It was nly when I reread his pems recently I began t appreciate their beauty.
22. The plice were seeking mre infrmatin t find ut it was killed the rich merchant.
23. It is nly 6.7% f Krean students have ever read Chinese bks r watch Chinese TV prgrams.
24. I still remember hw many years ag was that I last met her in the cuntryside.
25. - -When was it the Nanhai N.1, the sunken ship, was raised frm the seabed?
- -On December 22, 2007.
26. - -Hw unhappy yur rmmate lks!
- -Yes, but he's nt willing t tell me what it is is trubling him.
27.Wasn't it until Michael ran int me he recgnized I was nce his partner?
28.- -Were all the tys fr the children carried t their new kindergarten?
- -N, was nly sme f them.
29. It is the Lng March Rcket 2F, as reprted, sent Shenzhu VI spaceship int space.
Ⅱ.用括号中所给的核心词或短语，使用强调句型翻译下列句子。
1.直到他走进教室才意识到忘了做家庭作业。(realize)

2.正是宇宙飞船的问世使人类登上月球成为可能。(make)

3.正是那位作家对他说的-番话激励他投身写作。(encurage)

4.她是为了卧病在床的独生儿子才在医院里夜以继日地工作。(day and night)

5.是无知和缺乏自律使他上网成瘾。(self-discipine)

6.是他在医学领域中取得的突破使他父母欣喜若狂。(breakthrugh)

7.是中国足球队又输掉了比赛的消息使我们情绪低落。(depress)

8.当你第一次去上海时,究竟是什么给你留下了很深的印象呢? (impress)

9.过了三天她才想起把雨衣忘在语言实验室了。(remember)

10.也许可能是约翰昨天给玛丽买了一个礼物。(buy)

11.我想知道究竟是什么使得越来越多的学生对英语失去了兴趣。(wnder)

12.正是在英语李老师的帮助下他们的英语取得了很大的进步。(make)

13.正是通过使用先进的和独创的教学方法英语老师才能与时俱进。(emply)

14.正是由于大量的食物浪费,重达4吨的扬州炒饭没能够打破之前由土耳其保持的记录。(fail)

15. 正是直到Alice成为母亲的那一天,她才意识到她妈妈独自把她抚养长大有多么艰难。(bring)

第七章 it的专项用法
i .it作为代词
it作为人称代词，指代前文提到事物，也可指代婴幼儿。
2. it 可以指代指示代词this, that。
3. it作“这,那"解,指心目中或上下文中的人或事。
4. it作为无人称动词的主语，表示天气、时间季节、气温、距离、环境等。
专项练习
( ) 1. I was disappinted with the film. I had expected t be much better.
that B. this C. ne i D. it
( ) 2. -Wh is kncking at the dr?
- -Perhaps is Jerry.
he B. that C. it D. the man
( ) 3. Tm's mther kept telling him that he shuld wrk harder, but didn't wrk.
he B. which C. she D. it
( )4,-Hw ging?
- -Everything is OK.
Is it B. are they C. is that D. are these
( ) 5. -He was nearly drwned nce.
- -When was ?
- -was in 1998 when he was in middle schl.
A. that; It B. this; This C. this; It D. that; This
ii. it作形式主语
it作为形式主语,无具体意义，真正的主语由动名词、动词不定式和主语从句担任,被后置。常见句型有:
1. It is necessary (imprtant, easy, ifcult, natural, cmmn, interesting, pleasat..) fr sb. t d sth./that...
2. It is kind (clever, brave, careful, careless, flish, hnest, nice, plite.. f sb. t d sth.3. It is n gd (useless, n use, a waste f time) ding sth.
4. It is a pity (a shame) that...(主 语从句用虚拟语气表示出乎意料)
5. It is said ( reprted, believed, thught, annunced, estimated) that...
6. It is suggested (advised, rdered, requested.. that.. sul...主语从句用虚拟语气表达)
7. It takes sb.+-段时间十t d sth.
8. It seems (appears, happens, turns ut, ccurred t sb.) that...
9. It matters/desn't matter whether
10. It is necessary( imprtant, natural, strange, essential.. that..( shuld) d sth.(主语从句必须用虚拟语气)
11. It is n wnder( an hnr, a fact, cmmn knwledge)
专项练习
( )1. is a fact that Glbal Warming has influenced human beings' life.
There B. This C. That D. It
( )2.It is wrng treat yur mther like that.
that yu t B. f yu t C. fr yu t D. because yu
( )3.Is necessary t cmplete the task befre Natinal Day?
this B. that C. it D. he
( )4.Des matter if he cant finish the jb n time?
this B. that C. he D. it
( ) 5. He hasn't had any fd fr tw days. that he is s hungry.
There is n pint B. There is n need
C. It is n wnder D.It is nway
( )6. he has been fired because f his absence fr a lng time with n reasn.
It is said that B. They all said that
C.That is annunced that D. It was reprted
( )7.It is n use. bks withut reading.
t buy B. in buying C. f buying D. buying
( )8. human beings can live n the mn in the next twenty years.
There seems impssible B. This is impssible fr
C. It is impssible f D. It seems impssible that
( )9. in the schl regulatin that students shuld wear schl unifrms at schl.
What is required B. What requires
C. It is required D. It requires
( ) 10. -Hw d yu knw him well?
- that we live in the same neighburhd.
A. It is B. That is C. It is because D. It happens
iii. it作形式宾语
1.it作为形式宾语,被放置在谓语动词后面,无实际意义,而真正的宾语由动名词、动词不定式或宾语从句担任,被后置。
2.通常用it作形式宾语的句型: .
1) think/make/ find/ feel/cnsider it+形容词/名词+ t d sth.
2) think/make/ find/eel/cnsider it+形容词/名词+ that从句
3) I'd appreciate it if 从句
4) take it fr granted that从句
5) see t it that..
6) hate it that...
7) we it t sb. that...
专项练习
( ) 1. I dn't think pssible t cmplete the task withut gd preparatin.
this B. that C.he D. it
( )2.I hate when peple talk with their full muth.
it B. that C. these D. them
( )3.He t d mrning exercise in the park.
tk a rule B. made a rule C. made it a rule D. tk it a rule
( ) 4. I wuld appreciate yu wuld turn ff the TV set.
that B. it if c. these if D. it that
( )5.I think hard fr yu the task n yur wn,
It is; d B. this; t d C. that is; ding D. it; t d
( ) 6. Dn't fr granted that he will keep his prmise.
take that B. take it . C. make that D. make it
( )7.He sn why he had dne it.
spke clearly B. made it clear C. tld clear D. said it clear
( )8.D yu think n use anther aplgy t him?
it; t make B. it is; make C. it; making D. that; f making
( ) 9. We shuld regard as a scial duty t help these pr and hmeless peple.
urselves B. these C. it D. us
( )10.I fund t watch the ftball match n TV.
A. it relaxing B. that is relaxing C. it relaxed D. that is relaxed
iv. It is..的其他句型
1. It is time ( high time, abut time ) that.. shuld /did..从句用虚拟语气)
It is time fr sb. t d sth.
2. It is/has been+一段时间+
3. It was/will be+ lng/-段时 间+ befre...
It wasn't/wn't be lng befre...
4. It was+时间点+ when...
5. It is the first (secnd, time that+现在完成时
6. It is up t sb. t d sth.(表示应由某人决定做某事)
7. It seems (appears, lks) as if..
8. it 的常用固定句型或短语:
1) Believe it r nt.
2) Dn't mentin it.
3) It's my pleasure.
4) Take it easy.
5) It's up t yu.6) It all depends.
7) Frget it.
8) It desn't matter.
专项练习
( )1.It was smetime we realized the truth,
when B. until C. since D. befre
( )2.It is five years I left my hmetwn.
when B. befre C. since D. after
( )3.It was the plice arrived.
lng until B. nt lng C. a lng time when D. nt lng befre
( ) 4. It was mid autumn night we tgether sat n the riverside watching the full mn.
A. that B. which C. the mment D. when
( ) 5. Mum criticized him severely because was the third time that he his key t the huse,
A. it; had lst B. this; lst C. that; had frgt D. it; frget
v. it引导强调句型
详见第六章。
综合练习
I.用适当的词填空。
1. T imprve my spken English, I make a rule t recite a passage f English every day.
2. He mved t a new flat because is nly five minutes walk frm the new flat t his ffice.
3. It was nt fr several years I had an pprtunity f seeing the birds again.
4. It was with the greatest difficulty the by gathered the strength t rise.
5. It is f great help (pick up) Radi English n Sunday. It is well received.
6. It is high time that ur child (learn) t d sme hmewrk.
7. It is essential that every child (have) the same educatinal pprtunity.
8. It was ging t be sme time he saw his parents again.
9. was nt the 1500's the first Eurpean explred the cast f Califrnia.
10. I just wnder was that made them S depressed.
11. It was eight 'clck I gt t schl this mrning, made ur teacher very angry.
12. It (be) ht, they all went t the lake t swim.
13. I dn't mind her criticizing me, but is hw she des that I bject t.
14.-- seems t be smething wrng with the machine.
--Yes, has gt a lt f nise.
15. is a certain dubt amng the wrkers as t the necessity f the wrk.
16. Jan had ften heard said that Marley had n mney.
17. When yu g uting with yur sisters, yu must see t that they are safe.
18. He said, “ is a lng way t schl. is a lng way t g yet befre we arrive."
19. - -ls it my age the bss minds?
- I'm afraid nt. He will cnsider necessary t have an experienced assistant.
20. is easy t d the repair. All yu need is a hammer and sme nails.
21. The dctr thught wuld be gd fr yu t have a hliday.
22. The fact that she was a freigner made difficult fr her t get a jb in that cuntry.
23. Helping thers is a habit, yu can learn even at an early age.
24. The cst f renting a huse in central Xi'an is higher than in any ther area f the city.
25. Since yu have repaired my TV set, is n need fr me t buy a new ne.
26. Sara made t the airprt just in time t catch her plane this mrning.
27. New technlgies have made pssible t turn ut new prducts faster and at a lwer cst.
28. N matter where he is, he makes a rule t g fr a walk befre breakfast.
29. The tw girls are s alike that strangers find difficult t tell ne frm the ther.
30. The emplyment rate has cntinued t rise in big cities thanks t the effrts f the lcal gvernments t increase .
31. We feel ur duty t make ur cuntry a better place.
32. Japanese is s similar t Chinese that we smetimes find nt hard t tell the general meaning f its sentences.
33. We have varius summer camps fr yur hlidays. Yu can chse based n yur wn interests.
34. - Silly me! I frget what my luggage lks like.
-What d yu think f ver there?
35. Why dn't yu bring t his attentin that yu’re t ill t wrk n?
Ⅱ.用括号中所给的核心词或短语，把下列汉语译成英语。
1.他是昨天结婚的。(marry)

2.他们的计划受挫,原因是缺少钱而不是没有尽力。(defeat)

3.他批评以前的同事,并非出于气愤而是为他惋惜。()

4.是谁赢得了1982年的世界杯? (win)

5.你上一次看见她是多久以前的事? (last)

6.你不必担心，他会办成的。(make)

7.她是住在什么地方? (live)

8.他是什么时候离开去日本的? (leave fr)

9.是谁教你们英语? ( that)

10.他说什么都没关系。(matter)

11.他好像总是对的。(seem)

12.碰巧我当时没有带钱。(happen)

13.你和他谈话是浪费时间。(waste)

14.难怪他不饿,他整天在吃糖果。(n wnder)

15.我在不在那儿没有什么影响。(make difference)

16.是轮到我打扫教室了。(ne's turn)

17.若不是你帮忙,我现在还是无家可归。(be fr)

18.再谈这事没有用。(n use)

19.据报道这次事故中有两人受伤。(It's reprted that )

20.我发现她很容易相处。(get n with)

21.我认为你最好住这儿。(think)

22.他们还没宣布会议在哪里开。(make it knwn)

23.他讨厌别人用他的自行车。(hate it when )

24.我讨厌你在大庭广众之下说那样的事。(hate it if)

25.要是我不必做那么多工作,那就太好了。(prefer it if)

26.如果你能帮助我做这事,我将不胜感激。( appreciate)

27.离火车开还有10分钟,我想我们能赶得上。(make it)

28.我不能保证这个男孩是诚实的。(answer fr)

29.我将注意让所有的信件在12点以前送到邮局。(see t it)

30.到机场时我突然想起机票忘家里了。(ccur)

31.保护环境是每个公民的职责。(it..)

32.我没有想到汤姆会被选举为学生会主席。(ccur)

33.那些未曾去过那个小村庄的人很难描绘出它的美丽。(it..)

34.我发现很难与那些一贯固执己 见的人合作。(…it…)

35.躺在草地上听音乐真是惬意。(it..)

36.据说饭后散步有益于健康。(It )

37.他是把所有的零用钱都花在了邮票上。(It )

38.他发现网上聊天很有趣。(…it…)

39.他是在大学养成熬夜的习惯的。(It is)

40.人们普遍认为,买车不贵养车贵。(it)

41.据说他的余生是在法国渡过的。(It)

42.王先生四十几岁时才第一次出国。(It)

43.据报道,那家工厂又失火了。(It)

44.很明显,他们离目的地越来越远。(It)

45.乘车时给老人让座是好习惯。(It)

46.在美国将孩子独自留在家中是违法的。(It)

47.互联网使人与人之间的交流越来越容易。(it)

48.我真傻，以为大家都会赞同我的提议。(It)

49.有时候让你疲惫的不是远方的大山，而是你鞋子里的一粒沙子。(it is)

50.那位科学家是为了荣誉才继续他的科学研究的。(It, sake)

第八章 倒装句
Ⅰ.全倒装：谓语+主语
i.表示存在意义的全倒装句
1.表示存在意义的句型用倒装句,强调存在的方位,有如下几种:
1) There ( appear, seem, happen, used t)+ be+主语十其他
2) There stand( lie, live, happen )+主语+其他
3)地点状语+谓语+主语十其他
2.不指具体地点和时间的副词在句首时引起倒装:
There ( Here, Nw, Then) + cme/ g/be+主语注意:
1)这里there, nw等不指具体地点和时间。
2)谓语动词常是be, g, cme, run等不及物动词。
3)主语的数决定谓语动词的数;在两个或两个以上的主语并列存在时,谓语动词的数应与
其最近的主语保持一致,详见本书第十二章“主谓一致”。
4)主语是代词时,主谓不倒装。
专项练习
( ) 1. There a bed, a desk, and tw chairs in his rm.
is B. are C. were D. be
( )2. when everyne has t think fr himself.
There cmes a time B. There ges a time
C. A time ges there D. A time cmes there
( ) 3. There befre her, filling every crner f the huge rm, furniture f all shapes,sizes and uses.
there was B. are C. was D. there were
( ) 4. - -Lk, there
- -Oh, there
cmes the bus; cmes it B. the bus cmes; it cmes
C. cmes the bus; it cmes D. the bus cmes; cmes it
( )5. the last flight. Yu have t stay here fr anther night.
There cmes B. Here was C. There ges D. Here we had
( )6.Then we had been lking frward t.
A. came the hur B. the hur came
C. cmes the hur D. the hur is cming
( )7.Frm the tp f the hill the whle city and its surrundings.
A. where culd be seen B. culd be seen
C. frm which culd see D. culd see
( ) 8. At the head f the prcessin , each hlding a red flag in his r her hand.
A. the Yung Pineers marched B. marched the Yung Pineers
C. did the Yung Pineers march D. where marched the Yung Pineers
( )9.On the flr the bx they had been lking fr.
were lying B. lay C. laid D. lying
( ) 10. On the grund which had gne int the cave.
an ld sick gat lay B. lay an ld sick gat
C. lying an ld sick gat D. an ld sick gat lying
ii.方向副词前置的全倒装句
“表示方向的副词In (Out, Away, Dwn, Up, Back, Off, Over等)+不及物动词+主语+其他”。这种句型多用于生动的描写。注意:
1)动词多是表示位置移动的动词，如cme, g, fly, run, rush, mve 等。2)主语是代词时,用主谓不倒装结构,即“状语+代词十谓语”。
专项练习
( )1. frm the table.
A. The by dwn jumped B. Dwn the by jumped
C. Dwn jumped the by D. Dwn did the by jumped
( )2. with tears in her eyes.
Out she rushed B. Out rushed she
C. Out did she rush D. Rush did she ut
( ) 3. Up went the price and .
the living standard came dwn B. came dwn the living standard
C.dwn came the living standard D. dwn the living standard came
( )4. and the lessn began.
In came the teacher B. Came in the teacher
C. Came the teacher in D. In cme she
( )5. with his slippers n when he heard the terrible nise.
Rushed he ut B. Out rushed he
C. Out he rushed D. Out did he rush
iii.用于直接引语中的及分词前置的全倒装句
1.用于直接引语中的倒装句形式如:“直接引语+谓语+主语(+直接引语)”。
注意:
主语是人称代词时,主谓- -般不倒装。
2)谓语较长或带有间接宾语时,不倒装。
2.为了表达生动把分词置于句首时引起主谓倒装,形式为:“分词+be+主语+其他"。
专项练习
( ) 1. Seeing them ff at the airprt .
the freign minister and ther fficials were
B. the freign minister and ther fficials
C. was the freign minister and ther fficials
D. were the freign minister and ther fficials
( )2. in the sands was an ancient village.
Burying B. Buried C. Bury D. T bury
( )3. when we Chinese peple must depend n thers.
The days gne are frever B. Are the days gne frever
C.Gne frever are the days D. Frever g the days
( ) 4. Walking side by side with the yung man .
A. a pretty girl is B. is a pretty girl
C. the pretty girl wh is D. wh is a pretty girl
( ) 5. “Cme in sir." .
said the girl with lng hair B. the girl with lng hair said
C. with lng hair, said the girl D. the girl said, with lng hair
iv. s/neither/ nr/表语前置的全倒装句
1.“s+助动词或情态动词+主语”，这种句型表示前文所谈情况也适用于下文的另一人或物。注意: .
如果主语指的是同一人或物，s只是起强调作用,放在前面，主谓语用正常语序。
2.“neither +助动词或情态动词+主语" ,表示前文所谈的否定情况，也适合于后文的他人或他物。
3.表语放句首时引起句子倒装，其形式为:“表语+ be+主语(名词)+其他”。
专项练习
( ) 1. -I can speak English.
- .
S I can B. SO can yu C.s can I D.s d I
( ) 2.They have all gt up, and .
Jack has t B. S has Jack C. Jack hasn't D. als has Jack
( ) 3.I advise them t withdraw .
s as t get nt invlved B. s as nt t get invlved
C. s that nt t get invlved D. as nt t get invlved
( )4.If she g there, l.
desn't, neither d B. desn’t, nr will
C.wn't, neither will D. will, nr d
( ) 5.If yu wn't agree t ur plan, .
neither they will B. neither wn't they
C. they wn't neither D. neither will they
( ) 6.I haven't wrked there lng, and .
neither yu have B. neither have yu
C.yu have neither D. nr yu have
( ) 7. He didn't knw the answer, and .
neither did I B. I did neither C.s did I D. I did s
( )8. fr the by wh wrked 14 hurs a day.
The reward was such B. Such was the reward
C. Was such the reward D. The reward such was
( )9. as the ld man tld Li.
Was such the fairy tale B. Such the fairy tale was
C. Did the fairy tale was such D. Such was the fairy tale
( ) 10. Such a nise. that I culdn't g n with my wrk.
des he make B. made he C. he made D. did he make
Ⅱ.部分倒装
i .否定词前置的部分倒装句
“否定词语+助动词或情态动词+主语+谓语”,这种句型用于强调否定的意义。
常见的否定词语有:never, little, seldm, hardly, rarely, nt until, in n way, by n means,nwhere, nt a bit, at n time, scarcely, nt, under n circumstances, at n pint, n n cnditin/accunt, few, neither 等。
专项练习
( ) 1. Never time cme again,
has lst B. will lst C. will lse D. lse
( ) 2. Nt until midnight raining.
it did stp B. it stpped C. stpped it D. did it stp
( ) 3. It is s hard fr peple t understand his behavir. Never his thughts.
yu can learn B. can yu master C. yu can study D. can yu read
( ) 4. Nt until he had talked t them he had been wrng.
did he realized B. he realized C. did he realize D. he didn't realize
( ) 5. Little t get such a warm welcme.
did I expect B. I expected C. I did expect D. was I expect
( )6. frget the days when we were tgether.
Never I shall B. Never shall I c. I never shall D. Never d I shall
( )7. t that part f the cuntry befre.
Never I had been B. Never had I been
C. Never did I have been D. Never have I been
( ) 8. Nwhere else such a wnderful sight as here.
I have ever seen B. have I ever seen C. I ever saw D. did I ever see
( ) 9. He received a letter a few days ag and nt until then. that he had wn a schlarship.
did he learn B. he learnt C. des he learn D. did he learnt
( ) 10. Seldm such beautiful scenes.
I saw B. I have seen C. have I seen D. did I seen
( )11.In n ther way the matter t thse wh suspect ur intentin.
we shall explain B. we can explain C. can we explain D. fr us t explain
( ) 12. On n accunt ut f the reading-rm.
may these magazines take B. may these magazines be taken
C. these magazines be taken D. these magazines may take
( )13 him tell a lie since we became gd friends.
Never had I heard B. Never I had heard
C. Never have I heard D. Never I have heard
( ) 14. Little that he was seriusly ill himself.
A. the ld man knw B. the ld man knew
C. did the ld man knw D. did the ld man knew
( ) 15. Nt until yesterday his mind.
did he change B. he changed C. had he changed D. he had changed
( ) 16. He has been tld under n circumstances the cmputer.
he may use B. he use may C. may he use D. may use he
( ) 17. Never befre a first prize.
has he wn B. did he win C. has he win D. did he wn
( ) 18. Seldm her feelings.
she shwed B. did she shw C. did she shwed D. has she shwing
( ) 19. Never nce t the z00.
the girl has been taken B. the girl was taken
C. has the girl been taken D. was the girl tk
( )20. culd yu find a better adviser.
A. Everywhere B. Wherever C. Nwhere D. Where
ii. nly前置的部分倒装句
“Only+状语+助动词/情态动词+主语+谓语+其他”。这种句型用于强调和限定状语的意义,常表示.只有才”。注意:
当nly强调和限定的是主语,即“Only+主语放句首时,语序不倒装。
专项练习
( ) 1. Only when the war was ver in 1918， get back t wrk.
he was able t B. he culd be able t
C.was he able t D. culd he be able t
( )2. in the accident.
Only were five men seriusly hurt B. Only did five men were seriusly hurt
C. Only five men were seriusly hurt D. Only five men were seriusly hurted
( ) 3. Only in the dream wrld as a bird and swim as a fish freely.
I can fly B. fly I C. can I fly D. I fly
( )4.Only perfrm that peratin.
can a gd dctr B. a gd dctr can
C.can d a gd dctr D. des a gd dctr
( )5. succeed in ding anything.
Only by wrking hard we can B. By nly wrking hard we can
C. Only by wrking hard can we D. Only we can wrking hard
( ) 6. Only after she heard her brther's steps the dr.
she pened B. des she pen C. did she pened D. did she pen
( ) 7. Only when yu have been familiar with the plan, .
then yu'll be able t carry it ut. B. can yu be able t carry it ut.
C. and yu will be able t carry ut it. D. will yu be able t carry it ut.
iii.几个固定的部分倒装句
表示“一……就……”时用以下句型:
N sner+ had+主语+过去分词+ than+从句
2) Hardly+ had+主语+过去分词+ when+从句
3) Scarcely+主语+过去分词+ when+从句
“Nt nly+助动词/情态动词+主语+谓语+其他+ but als+ (省略的)并列句”表示“不但……而且……”用于说明前后并列句的情况一致, 在语气上更强调后者。
注意:
1) nt als 连接两个并列主语时，主语后的语序不倒装。
2)连接两个并列分句时,nt nly引导的前一个分句倒装,后一个则用正常语序。
专项练习
( ) 1. Hardly the ffice when it began t rain.
did I leave B. had I left C. I left D. I had left
( )2. when she started cmplaining.
Nt until he arrived B. N sner had he arrived
Hardly had he arrived D. Scarcely did he arrive
( ) 3. N sner dwn the telephne rang, .
had I lain; than B. I had lain; than
C.I had laid; than D. had I laid; than
( ) 4. N sner_____ the by fall int the pnd than he t his feet and went t the rescue.
he had seen; jumped B. had he seen; jumped
C. has he seen; is jumped D. did he see; had jumped
( )5.Nt nly , but he was always ready t help thers.
he wrked hard himself B. did he wrked hard himself
C. des he wrk hard himself D. did he wrk hard himself
( )6. affected by the law.
Nt nly are men but als wmen and children
B. Nt nly men but als are wmen and children
C. Nt nly can men but als wmen and children be
D. Nt nly men but als wmen and children are
( )7.Nt nly reading interesting stries but als he can even write sme.
des he like B. he likes C. had he liked D. likes he
( )8.Nt nly away frm him, but als his citizenship.
A. everything had he taken B. had everything he taken
C. was everything he taken D. was everything he had taken
( )9.Nt nly her hw t d it, but he ffered t help her as well.
A. did he shw B. he shwed C. did he shwed D. des he shw
iv.虚拟语气中的部分倒装句
虚拟语气条件句中省去连词if时,从句主谓部分倒装:“Were ( had, shuld) +主语+谓语动词十虚拟主句”。
专项练习
( )1. ，I wuld have phned yu,
A. If I knw it B. Had I knwn it C.if I knew it D.Did I knw it
( )2. fr yur help, we'd never have been able t get ver the difficulties.
Had it nt B. Had it nt been
C. If it were nt D. If we had nt been
( )3. here tmrrw, he wuld shw us his new pictures.
Were he t cme B. Shuld he cme C. Had he cme D. A and B
( )4. ，I culd have dne smething.
A. Tld yu me earlier B.Shuld yu tell me earlier
C. Were yu t tell me earlier D. Had yu tld me earlier
( )5.like that again,he wuld be punished.
A. Act shuld he B. Act he shuld C. Shuld he act D. Were he act
v.让步状语从句中的部分倒装形式
as/thugh引导的让步状语从句，其倒装形式为:“副词/形容词/名词/动词+ as ( thugh,that)+主语+谓语”,相当于althugh引导的让步状语从句。注意:
1)这种句型中提前的常是限制主语的形容词副词、过去分词或名词。
2)提前的表语是单数可数名词时,名词前不加a/an;但是有形容词修饰的名词前置时，不定
冠词不能省略。
3)动词提前后,主语后还应有一个情态动词may, might 等或助动词d等。
专项练习
( ) 1. _ , we gt up very early as usual.
As cld was the weather B. Cld as the weather was
C. Cld as was the weather D. As the weather was cld
( ) 2. , she dared t think, speak up and act.
As she was a girl B. A girl as she was
C. Girl as was she D. Girl thugh she was
( ) 3. , he wanted t buy his daughter a Christmas gift.
Shrt f mney as was he B. Shrt f mney as he was
C. Because he was shrt f mney D. Lack f mney as he was
( )4.Try I might, I culd nt cnvince him f my stry.
as B. althugh C. because D. n matter hw
( ) 5. , we cntinued ur way.
As terrible the strm was B. Terrible as the strm was
C. As terrible was the strm D. Terrible the strm as was
vi.频率副词s, such, 前置的部分倒装句
1.“Often (Always, Once, Once a week, Frequently, Many a time, Nw and again, Thus, Hence)+助动词+主语+谓语+其他”,用于强调前置的状语所表示的意义。
2.“S+形容词/副词+助动词+主语+其他+that-结果状语从句”，用于强调形容词/副词所表示的意义。
3.“Such+(a/an+)形容词+名词+助动词+主语+其他+that结果状语从句”,用于强调名词所表示的意义。
4.“Neither+ 助动词+主语+谓语+其他+主语+ (并列省略句)”表示“既不……也不……”
专项练习
( )1. nt see Papa until the evening.
Often did I B. Often I did C. I did ften D. Often I
( )2.S fast that it is difficult fr us t imagine its speed.
light travel B. is light travel C. des light travel D. travels light
( ) 3. S excited that she culdn't help crying at that time.
she seemed B. was she seemed C. did she seem D. she did seem
( ) 4. S badly in the accident that he had t stay in the hspital fr treatment.
did he injure B. he did injure C. was he injured D. he injured
( )5. that her classmates ften make fun f her.
S strangely is she dressed B. S strangely she is dressed
C. S strangely des she dress D. S strangely she dresses
( ) 6. She des nt like shpping, .
A. and she des nt like cking, t B. neither she des like cking
C. either des she like cking D. nr des she like cking
( )7.Either yu u I wrng with this wrd's prnunciatin.
am B. des C. d D. makes
( )8. knw abut that, nr d I want t.
Neither d I B. Neither I C. I neither D. I either
( ) 9. This dress desn't fit me. des that ne.
Nr B. AS C. S D. And
( ) 10. He tk n ntice f the schl rules, attentin t the teacher's wrds.
neither did he pay any B. nt he paid any
C.nr he paid sme D. nr did he paid any
( ) 11. She can't finish her hmewrk n time .
A.S can I B. Als I can't c. I can't, t D. Neither can I
综合练习
根据提示,将下列句子翻译完整。
1.他们来了。
There .
2.不仅老师本人对足球感兴趣,他的所有学生也开始对此表现出兴趣。
Nt nly, but als .
3.生活在讲英语的国家里很艰难，我决心把英语学好。
S difficult .
4.万一当初Bb走到河岸那么远的话会发生什么事情呢?
What wuld have happened ?
5.只有当战争结束了,年轻的士兵才回到了他的家乡。
Only when the war was ver .
6.只有通过努力工作你才能有望增加工资。
Only with hard wrk .
7.昨天的晚会上她唱了不只一首歌曲。
Nt a single sng .
8.我一生从来没有这么高兴过!
Never in all my life ！
9.- -It was careless f yu t have left yur clthes utside all night.
- -My Gd! (我也如此).
10.Rse很少在乎自己的安全,尽管她自己也身处巨大的危险中。
Little ，thugh she was in great danger herself.
11.虽然年轻,但他在英语教学方面颇具经验。
Yung , he has much experience in teaching English.
12.小偷一进房子就被捉了。
Hardly .
13.直到昨天下午雨才停了。
Nt until yesterday afternn .
14.只有处于她的地位,我才能买这么好的车。
Only in her place .
15.Jane不怎么会游泳.Anne也不会。
Jane culd hardly swim, .
16.他不再适合做这个班的班长了. .
N lnger .
17.你和我都不能做此事。
Neither .
18.这里不但需要作家也需要演员。
Nt nly a writer but als .
19.河岸上矗立着他曾经住过的房子。
On the river bank .
20.在世界上任何别的地方你都不可能找到和北京一样美丽的地方。
Nwhere else in the wrld .
21.他一开始讲话我就感到有什么不对劲儿的事情。
N sner .
22.他来阅览室很少迟到。
Seldm .
23.以前我从来没有看过像《英雄》这么好的电影。
Never befre .
24.万一明天下雪,我们就不能离开。
Shuld .，we wuld nt leave.
25.他一坐下就听见有敲门的声音。
Scarcely .
26. - -The girl likes singing and dancing.
- - .(她确实如此).
27.有这么大的噪音,我无法让别人听见自己的声音。
Such a big nise .
28.门开后跑出来-条狗。
Out .
29.他几乎不知道警察就要逮捕他。
Little .
30.理论离不开实践,实践也离不开理论。
Neither .
31.如果我是你的话,我肯定会来帮他们的。
.，I wuld certainly cme and help them.
32.公共汽车来了。
Here .
33.我们一到火车站,火车就开了。
N sner .
34.如果早知道此事,我就会打电话给你了。
Had. .，I wuld have phned yu.
35.到了家他们才发现了秘密。
Nt until .
36.我从没去过杭州,我哥哥也没有去过。
I have never been t Hangzhu, neither .
37. -May I use yur calculatr?
.(给你。)
38.看! Jane来了。
Lk! There .
39.Bb若是知道了真相，他根本不可能帮她忙。
Had .he wuldn't have helped her at all.
40.总统根本没意识到要出什么事情。
At n time .
41. -It's raining cats and dgs.
- .(确实如此).
42.太阳很热,我们现在不能出去。
S .
43.我很少应邀去他的办公室。
Rarely .
44.我从来没有听说过也没有看到过这么一个东西。
Never in my lite .
45.直到同事们批评了他,他才承认了自己的错误。
Nt until his clleagues criticized him46. .
46.他不仅承诺了,而且也信守了诺言。
Nt nly .
47.以前她从来没有看到过任何人能像Rbert那样网球打得那么好。
Never befre .
48.-I dn't knw abut yu, but I'm sick and tired f this weather.
.(我也如此). I can't stand all this rain.
49.他们若是知道要发生什么事情，可能会重新考虑。
Had .they might have had secnd thughts.
50. 直到三年前从教学岗位退休了他才考虑出国度假。
Nt until .
第九章 情态动词
I.can, culd
Ⅰ.基本用法
表示能力
2)表示许可
3)表示可能性
4)表示推测,can常用于否定句中
2.实际运用中须注意的问题
1)表示对现在或将来情况的推测时,用can't/culdn't+ d或can t/culdn't be + ding,其肯定式分别为:must be/may (might) be,或must be ding/may (might) be ding。
2)表示对过去的否定猜测时,结构为:can' t/culdn't have dne。肯定式分别为:must have dne或may/ might have dne。
3) can和be able t的用法之区别:
a.当表示一般能力时can和be able t可以互换使用;
b.当表示过去某个时候设法或者成功做了某事时只能用was/were able t而不能用 culd。
4)“as+形容词十as+同- -形容词+can be"意为“到...极点”。
5) can't but d表示“不得不做”。
6) can't help/ chse but d sth.意为“不得不做某事”。
can't help (t) d sth.意为“不能帮助做某事”。
can't help ding sth.意为“情不自禁做某事”。
can't be/d+ t= can never be/d+ t意为“无都不过分”。
8) can/culd d with/withut sth.意为“有没...就行了/可以凑合了”。
9) culd have dne用于肯定句，表示对过去的一-种推测“可能已经”或责备“本来可以”;否定句中,常常表示从现在看过去不可能发生的事情。
专项练习
( )1.--Can I get yu a cup f tea?
- - .
A. That's very nice f yu B. With pleasure
C. Yu can, please D. Thank yu fr the tea
( ) 2. -I dn't think Prfessr Jnes meant t be funny this mrning, d yu?
- -N, althugh I culdn't help at sme f his remarks.
frm laughing B. t have laughed
C. but laugh D. t laugh
( ) 3. Michael be a pliceman, fr he's much t shrt.
A. needn't B. can't C. shuldn't D. may
( ) 4. -Will yu stay fr lunch?
- Srry. ______. My brther is cming t see me.
A. I mustn't B. I can't C. I needn't D. I wn't
( ) 5. -I was riding alng the street and all f a sudden, a car cut in and kncked me dwn.
-Yu can never be______careful in the street.
A. much B. very C. s D. t
ii. may, might
1. may的基本用法:
1)表示许可，用于正式场合。
2) May l/we...用来表示请求。
3)表示推测，可能发生某事，“也许,可能，大概”;may nt表示“可能不”, can't 则表示“不可能”。
2. might 的基本用法:
1) Might 表示更加礼貌的请求。
2)表示把握不大的可能性。
3.在实际运用中需注意的问题:
1) may可以表示祝愿，意为“但愿,愿" ,这时须将may放句首用倒装语序。
2) may d well t d意为“尽力做某事”。
3) may/might 常用于表示目的/让步的状语从句中。
4) may/might as well d sth.表示强烈的意愿,意为:“还...的好,最好,不妨”。
5) may/might well d sth. 表示“很可能,确实有可能”。
6) may have dne表示对过去的把握不大的肯定推测,意为“或许”。
7) might have dne对过去把握不大的推测，或者责备。
8) might have dne用于虚拟语气。
9) may just as well have dne sth.表示还不如做了某事的好。
专项练习
( )1.______prsperus and strng!
Let yur cuntry becme B. Hpe yur cuntry becme
C. May yur cuntry becme D. Yu cuntry it becming
( ) 2. Peter______cme with us tnight, but he isn't very sure yet.
must B. may C. can D. will
( )3.-Ann,______I have sme mre cake?
- Certainly,help yurself.
need B. must C. will D. may
( )4.- -Excuse me, ______ I ask yu a questin?
- - Yes, please.
must B. need C. may D. wuld
( ) 5. Since she is angry, we______her alne.
A. had better leaving B. shuld leave
C. might as well leave D. had rather leave
iii. must, have t, have gt t
Ⅰ. must的基本用法
1)表示义务、命令或必要,表示“必须,应当,务必”。
2)表示不可避免性或肯定性,表示“必定会,很可能”。
3)否定式mustn't表示禁止;must的疑问句通常用needn't回答,而不用mustn't。
2. must在运用中需要注意的问题:
1)must意为“一定",表示有把握的肯定推测时,只用于肯定推测,其否定推测是can't,意为“一定不" ,而不是mustn't。
2)must have dne表示对过去情况有把握的肯定推测;只用于表示肯定推测时,其否定
式为:can't have dne sth.。
3)must表示推测时的反义疑问句
a.对现在推测，若陈述部分是must be,多用isn't/aren't反问;若陈述部分是“must+
其他动词”，多用desn't/dn't反问。
b.对过去推测，若带有过去时间状语,陈述部分是must have been,用wasn't/weren't反问;陈述部分是“must have+其他动词”的过去分词,用didn't。
c.对过去推测，若没有过去时间状语，或者是现在完成时的时间状语,不管陈述部分
是must have been还是“must have+其他动词”的过去分词，都用hasn't/haven't反问。
4)表示“必须”时,must强调主观;have t (Am. E)= have gt t (Bri. E)强调客观,意为
“不得不”。
专项练习
( )1.Where is my pen?I______it.
might lse B. wuld have lst C. shuld have lst D. must have lst
( ) 2. The huse is dark and quiet, s the Brwns______have gne t bed.
must B. shuld C. ught D. wuld
( )3.一Must we d it nw?
一N, yu______
needn't B. mustn't C. wn't D. shuldn't
( )4.- -Must we take a bus?
- -N, yu______. Yu can walk frm here.
must nt B. dn't must C. dn't have t D. had better nt t
( ) 5. - -May I stp wrking a little earlier tnight?
- -N, yu______.
A. needn't B. mustn't C. can't D. dn't
iv. shall, shuld, ught t
Ⅰ. shall的基本用法:
构成将来时态,单纯表示将来的动作
2. shall 在运用中需要注意的问题
1)在疑问句中用第一 、三人称作主语,表示向对方征求意见或提出请求。
2)在陈述句中多用第二、第三人称作主语,表示说话人的一种情感或意志(如表示命令、允许、决心警告、威胁等)或者法律规章的规定。
3. shuld的基本用法:
1) shuld 可用作shall的过去式。只适用于直接引语变间接引语,构成过去将来时。
2)表示应该做,而且有一种道义上的责任。也可表示估计或推测。
4. shuld 在运用中需要注意的问题:
1)在一坚持(insist),二命令(rder, cmmand),三建议(advise, suggest, prpse),四要求(ask, demand, require, request)等 动词后面跟的宾语从句中和名词后面跟的表语从句及同位语从句中,用“shuld+动词原形”(shuld经常省略)的形式。
2)shuld可表示"万-",用于if引导的非真实条件句中,虚拟语气表示对将来的事情的猜测。
3)对比较难以相信或不应该发生的事情,表示惊异、赞叹、不满意等情绪。
4)用在“It is+形容词( natural, necessary, imprtant, essential, right, impssible,strange)+ that+ .shuld+ d"结构中,表示理所当然、奇怪、必要、惊异等。
5)用于s that, lest, in case等引导的从句中。
6) shuld be ding表示推测，意为“应该正在,实际没有”。
7) shuld have dne (表示过去应该做某事而实际没做)= be t have dne= ught t have dne= be suppsed t have dne
8) shuldn't have dne表示过去不该做某事而实际上做了某事。
5. ught t的基本用法
1)表示推测估计、可能性、(按道理)应该、应当。2)表示劝告、建议。
6. ught t在运用中需要注意的问题:
1) ught t have dne = shuld have dne表示本该做某事而没有做。
2) ught t be ding- shuld be ding表示现在应该正在做某事。
3) ughtn't have dne = shuldn't have dne表示本不该做某事而做了。
4) shuld (表示应该)= ught t,但是shuld多用来谈自己的主观看法,ught t用来表示客观看法,即根据法律、义务和规定来谈论“应该或者不应该”。
专项练习
( ) 1. My sister______here by nw, fr she tk the early train.
A. must arrive B. can arrive
C. may arrive D. ught t have arrived
( ) 2. Yu went t the wrng shp. Yu ught______t the shp next t the cinema, but yu went t the shp by the Pst Office.
g B. t g C. have gne D. t have gne
( )3.Tm ught nt t______me yur secret, but he meant n harm.
A. have tld B. tell C. be telling D. having tld
( ) 4. There______be any difficulty abut passing the rad test since yu have practised a lt in the driving schl.
mustn't B. shan't C. shuldn't D. needn't
( ) 5. Mr. White______at 8:30 fr the meeting, but he didn't shw up.
shuld have arrived B. shuld arrive
C. shuld have had arrived D. shuld arrived
v. will, wuld
1. will 的基本用法:
1)构成将来时态,表示未来的动作。
2)用于第二人称疑问句,表示请求。
3)用于各个人称,表示意愿、决心或意志。
2. will 在应用中需要注意的问题:
1)表示习惯、倾向和决心,意为“总是,老是,一定要"。
2)表示规律,此时will d可直接用一般现在时代替。
3)表示推测、猜测,意为“想必是,一定是”。
4)用于条件句中表示意愿或者礼貌的请求。
5) wn't用于无生命体，表示拟人化的“意愿”。
6)用在祈使句的反义疑问句中。
7)表示命令、叮嘱、规定,意为“必须,一定要”。
3. wuld 的基本用法:
1)构成过去将来时。
2)表示过去习惯性的动作(只表示对过去的回忆,不与现在对比,而used t 则表示与现在对比而言,过去常做某事而现在不做此事)。
3)用在虚拟语气中的主句中。
4. wuld在运用中需要注意的问题:
1) Wuld y...表示有礼貌的请求。
2) wuld like sth./t d sth.意为“想做某事”。
3) wuld rather d sth.意为“宁愿做某事”。
4) wuld rather sb. did sth.意为“宁愿让某人做某事”。
5) wuld rather d sth. than d sth. else“宁愿做某事也不愿做另一件事"。
6) wuld prefer t d sth. rather than d sth.“更愿意做某事而不愿意做另一件事”。
专项练习
( ) 1. -Dn’t frget t cme t my birthday party tmrrw.
-______
I dn't B. I wn't C. I can't D. I haven’t
( ) 2. Jhnny, yu______play with the knife, yu______hurt yurself.
wn't; cant B. mustn't; may C. shuldn't; must D. can't; shuldn't
( ) 3. Oil and water______mix.
A. is nt ging t B. will nt C. is nt t D. shuld nt
( ) 4. Let me g with yu,______ ?
A. will yu B. shall we C. dn't yu D. dn't we
( ) 5. When he was there, he_______ g t that cffee shp at the crner after wrk every day.
A. wuld B. shuld C. had better D. might
vi. dare
1. dare 作情态动词:
1) dare后接动词原形。
2) dare没有人称和数的区别。
3)多用于疑问句和否定句。
4)只用于一般现在时和一般过去时。
5) dare也有过去式dared,否定式为dared nt。
2. dare作实意动词:
1)dare是及物动词时，可用于各种句子如肯定句、否定句和疑问句等,而且有人称时态和数的变化。
2) dare后接带t的不定式。
3)用于否定句时,后面接的不定式经常省去t。
4)常用于疑问句或作非谓语动词。
专项练习
( )1.He_______his parents abut his failure in the exam.
dares nt tell B. dare nt tell C. dares nt t tell D. dare nt telling
( )2._______yu_______ it again?
D; dare t tuching B. Dare; t tuch
C. D; dare tuching D. Dare; tuch
( ) 3. The snake hasn't bitten me yet but I daren't_______t upset it.
t d a thing B. d anything C. t d smething D. d nthing
( ) 4. The little girl_______g dwnstairs alne when her parents are ut.
dares nt t B. dares nt C. dare nt t D. dare nt
( ) 5. Being a little girl, she_______g there alne.
dares nt t B. des dare nt C. dares nt D. dare nt
1.用作情态动词:
1) need后面接动词原形。
2) need没有人称和数的变化。
3) need多用在疑问句和否定句中。
4) needn't have dne表示过去没有必要做某事而实际上已经做了。
5) need疑问句,其回答与must疑问句的回答-样。
2. need作实意动词:
1)后面可接名词或代词。
2)后面可接不定式。
3)后面可接动名词，这时动名词与主语成被动关系:need ding=need t be dne。
4)后面可接复合宾语。
专项练习
( )1.Yu_______ pay the mney, but yu_______d s at nce.
needn't; must B. need; need C. must; must D. must; needn't
( ) 2.- -Shall I tell Jhn abut it?
- -N, yu_______ I've tld him already.
needn't B. wuldn't C. mustn't D. shuldn't
( ) 3. There was plenty f time, she_______.
mustn't have hurried B. culdn't have hurried
C. must nt hurry D. needn't have hurried
( ) 4. Yu dn't need_______fr his permissin every time yu want t leave the rm.
t ask B. ask C. asking D. being asked
( ) 5. - -Must I write dwn the new wrds nw?
- - N，_______yu
A. needn't B. may nt C. mustn't D. can't
ⅷ.情态动词表示推测
几乎所有的情态动词都可以用来表示推测,只是各自的语气强弱和所使用的场合不同。
2.情态动词表示推测,其可能性由低到高的排序为:
might- may- -culd- can- shuld- -ught t wuld- will- -must= will certainly
注意:
might和may表示对具体情况把握不大的推测。
culd和can多用于疑问和否定句中表示推测。
3) must仅用于肯定句中,表示十分有把握的推测。
4) shuld可以表示按照常理推测所得出的结论,意为“理应”。
5) will 表示按照逻辑推理势必会发生的事情。
3.情态动词表示推测的时态变化形式:
4.“情态动词+ 动词原形”表示对现在情 况的推测时需要注意的问题:
1)“can+ 动词原形”，表示对现在情况的推测时,一般用于否定句和疑问句。
2)“culd+动词原形",表示对现在情况的推测，也可以表示对过去情况的推测，可用于肯定句。
3)“may+动词原形" ,意为“或许,可能”,一般用于肯定的推测。
4)“might+ 动词原形" ,所表示的可能性比may小。
5)“shuld+动词原形"，表示可能或期待;ught t表示的可能性更大。
6)“wuld/will+ 动词原形" ,表示可能时，will表示的可能性更大。
7)“must+动词原形”,意为“-定,肯定",只用于对现在有把握的肯定推测。
注意:
1)若表示有把握的否定推测用can't。
2)must表示对现在情况的推测时,其反义疑问句陈述部分的谓语若是must be,就用isn't/aren't反问，否则用dn't/desn't反问。
专项练习
( ) 1. A cmputer_______think fr itself; it must be tld what t d.
can't B. culdn't C. may nt D. might nt
( ) 2. -The lecturer was a tall thin man with white hair.
-Then it_______Dr. Fell because he is shrt and fat. It_______Dr. Jnes; he is thin.
can't be; must be B. culdn’t have been; might have been
C.must be; can't be D. can't have been; must have been
( ) 3. There is n parking in frnt f the pst ffice. Yu_______park here.
ughtn't B. can't C. didn't D. wuldn't
( )4.She_______be a gd language teacher, but she can't be a language expert.
will B. can C. shuld D. is t
( )5.This_______be hers. I_______be mine. He said firmly.
can't; may B. can't; must C. must nt; can D. can't; can
( ) 6. Jhnny, yu_______play with the knife. Yu_______hurt yurself.
wn't, can't B. mustn't, may C. shuldn't, must D. can't, shuldn't
( ) 7. Peter_______cme with us tnight, but he isn't quite sure.
must B. may C. can D. will
( ) 8. Whatever yur prblems_______ be, they cant be wrse than mine.
will B. shuld C. may D. can
( ) 9.-Will the test be difficult?
-I think it_______be easy enugh fr all f us t pass, but I'm nt sure.
must ; B. can C. may D. will
( ) 10. -Will yur brther stay at hme tnight?
-I'm nt quite sure. He_______t see the film this evening.
may be ging B. can g C. may g D. must g
( ) 11. Lk at the cluds. It _______rain.
must B. is ging t C. may D. will
( )12.Yu_______ lead a hrse t the water, but yu_______nt make it drink.
will; can B. may; can C. may; dare D. dare; can
( ) 13. - -D yu think the flight is delayed?
- -It _______be, especially in such weather.
wuld B. shuld C. might D. ught t
( ) 14. -Are yu cming t Jeff's party?
- -l'm nt sure, I_______ g t the cncert instead.
must B. wuld C. shuld D. might
( ) 15. Will yu answer the phne? It_______be yur mther.
might B. will C. shall D. need
( ) 16. Nw that yu've gt a chance, yu _______as well make full use f it.
A. can B. shuld C. need D. might
( ) 17. Since the flight has been can celled because f the bad weather, we_______g by train.
ught t have B. had better t C. might as well D, wuld rather nt
( ) 18. It's nearly seven 'clck, Jack_______be here at any mment.
must B. need C. shuld i D. can
( ) 19. In case l_______, I wuld try again.
will fail B. wuld miss C. shuld fail D. shall miss
( ) 20. -That must be a mistake.
- -N, it_______a mistake,
A. must nt be B. needn't C. can't be D. wuld nt be
ix.“can/ may/might/culd/must/shuld/need+完成式”表示对过去情况的推测
Ⅰ.“must+ 完成式”意为“一定,肯定，想必,准是" ,表示对过去情况进行有把握的肯定推测。
注意其反义疑问句的反问形式:
1)有表示过去的时间状语时,用一般过去时进行反问。
谓语是must have been时,用wasn't/weren't 反问;谓语是must have dne时，用didn't反问。
2)没有明确的过去时间状语时，用haven't/hasn't反问。
2.“can't/culdn't+ 完成式" ,表示对过去情况进行否定的推测。注意:“can+ 完成式”,一般只用于进行否定或疑问的推测。
3.“may+ 完成式”意为“有可能已经发生某事”,只用于对过去发生的事情进行肯定的推测。4.“might+完成式”与“may+完成式”,两者可互换，但是might所表示的可能性较小。
might也表示对本来可能发生却未发生的情况感到不满或责备。
5.“shuld/ught t+完成式”,意为“本应该”,可以表示以下两种含义:
1)过去应该做而没做某事,其否定式表示过去不该做而做了,有遗憾或责备之意。
2)表示对现在应该完成的事情进行推测。
6.“needn't+ 完成式”,表示本来不需要做某事却做了。
专项练习
( ) 1.- -Yu didn't hear me until nw.
- - N. I mus_______sundly when yu came in.
A. have been sleeping B. have slept
C. be sleeping D. sleep
( ) 2. Her father thught that she_______a fairy.
must have met B. had t have met C. must meet D. must had met
( ) 3. He must have lst the key the day befre yesterday,_______?
must he B. hasn't he C. needn't he D. didn't he
( )4.They_______have gne ut because the light is n.
mustn't B. can't C. may nt D. isn't able t
( ) 5. We didn't see him at the lecture yesterday. He_______it.
ughtn't B. can't have attended
C. culdn't attend D.needn't have attended
( ) 6. She is very careful. Hw_______she_______such a mistake the day befre yesterday?
culd; have made B. shuld; have made
C. culd; has made D. can; made
( )7.He is my gd friend.I am sure that he_______ill f me that day,
culdn't have spken B. mightn't have spken
C. must have spken D. culdn't have t speak
( ) 8. I was writing my reprt last Sunday. Otherwise, I_______ yu t the Z00.
wuld take B. tk C. shuld take D. culd have taken
( ) 9. -Have yu fund yur bk yet?
- -N, I'm nt sure where I_______it.
A. must have left B. might leave c. culd have left D. can leave
( )10.He_______the truth. Otherwise he might have knwn it was Tm wh had taken his place.
shuld have been tld B. shuldn't have been tld
C. culdn't have been tld D. must have been tld
( ) 11. Mr. Bush is n time fr everything. Hw_______it have been that he was late fr. The pening ceremny?
culd B. shuld C. may D. must
( ) 12. -I stayed at a htel while in New Yrk.
--Oh, did yu? Yu_______with Barbara.
A. culd have stayed B. culd stay
C. wuld stay D. must have stayed
( )13.He_______yu mre help, even thugh he was very busy.
might have given B. might give C. may have given D. may give
( ) 14. - -He was here yesterday, but n ne has seen him since.
--He_______an accident.
might have B. might have had
C. can have D. mustn’t have had
( ) 15. Yu were stupid t try climbing up there. Yu_______yurself.
might have killed B. shuld have killed
C. must have killed D. can't have killed
( )16.The plant is dead.I_______ it mre water.
will give B. wuld have given
C. must give D. shuld have given
( ) 17. I tld Sally hw t get here, but perhaps I_______fr her.
had t write it ut B. must have written it ut
C. shuld have written it ut D. ught t write it ut
( ) 18. That yung man has made s much nise that he,_______nt have been allwed t attend the cncert.
A. culd I B. must C. wuld D. shuld
( ) 19. There was a lt f fun at yesterday's party. Yu_______ cme, but why didn't yu?
must have B. shuld C. need have D. ught t have
( ) 20. I'm srry. I_______t tell yu I was cming.
A. ught t phne B. shuld phne
C. need t phne D. ught t have phned
( )21. We_______the letter yesterday, but it didn't arrive.
A. must receive B. ught t receive
C. must have received D. ught t have received
( ) 22. When I gt t the cinema, the film had already started;l_______there earlier,
ught t get B. ught t have gt C. must have gt D. must get
( ) 23. The ld lady_______.
ught t aplgize t B. ught t be aplgized t
C.ught aplgize t D. ught be aplgized t
( ) 24. Yu ught t have helped him with his English,_______?
wnt yu B. ught nt yu
C. Oughtn’t yu D. wuldn't yu
( ) 25. Althugh he had made many mistakes in his cmpsitin,_______have laughed at him?
ughtn't we B. shuld we
C. ughtn't t we D. ught t we
( ) 26. He didn't d well in the exam. He hard at his lessns,
must have wrked B. ught t have wrked
C.wuld have wrked D. has wrked
( ) 27. - -I didn't g t see a dctr yesterday.
- -But yu_______
A. ught t B. ught t g C. shuld D. ught t have
( ) 28. He began t write tw hurs ag. He_______have finished the article by nw.
must B. ught t C. ught D. had t
( ) 29. One ught_______fr what ne hasn't dne.
nt t be punished B. t nt be punished
C. t nt punished D. nt be punished
( ) 30. He_______the meeting, s he stayed at hme.
A. Needn’t have attended B. didn't need t attend
C. didn't need attend D. needn't t have attended
综合练习
用适当的情态动词填空，给出词的题目注意使用括号里所给词的正确形式。
When we wrked in the same ffice, we_______ften have cffee tgether.
2. -I drve my car at a speed f 150 kms an hur this afternn. It was great fun!
-Did yu g crazy? Yu_______ (kill) yurself.
3.- -Please carry a cell phne t make it easier fr me t get hld f yu.
- -OK， Dad. But I am eighteen. Yu_______(nt) wrry s much.
4. -These grapes lk really beautiful.
-They_______! See the price, $ 3.99 a pund. T expensive, aren't they?
5.“Yu _______nt smke in the bedrm," Rse said t her husband and pushed him ut f the rm.
6. -When shall we hld the meeting?
-It_______be better t put it ff until next week.
It yu think the price f beef is t high, yu_______as well buy sme prk. It depends n yu!
8.- -Guess what? I have passed the driving test.
- -Great! Yu_______(spend) a lt f time practicing.
9. -Hw's yur new babysitter?
-We _______ask fr a better ne. All ur kids lve her s much.
10. The regulatins state that n ne._______ be allwed t smke in public places.
11. It is required that the students_______(nt) use mbile phnes in their schl, s seldm will yu see them using ne.
12. Being physically examined fr free twice a year is what every clerk_______ be ensured in any cmpany f the state.
13.- -Are yu cming t the musical f the 42nd Avenue frm Bradway(百老汇)?
- -I'm nt sure._______g t see a mvie instead.
14. I lived with my brther this winter and didn't have t pay rent. S I _______save mst f my salary.
15. -ls there anything else I can get fr yu except the scar?
- N. That_______be it. Thanks a lt.
16. - -What are yu ding, dear?
- -I'm watching the ftball game.
- -What? Yu_______ (d) yur hmewrk first.
17. -Jackie says he can't help because he's gt a lt f wrk n.
-Well, he_______say that -he always uses that excuse.
18. - -Why didn't yu buy the gld ring?
- -I _______, but 1 didn't have the mney.
I have been writing a bk n UFOs. It _______be ready early next mnth.
20. - -Can I pay the bill by check?
- -Srry, sir. But it is the management rule f ur htel that payment_______be made in cash.
21. - -I can hear the water running in the bathrm.
- -Yes, Bira_______ be taking anther shwer,
22. - -I hear yur jurney was nt very pleasant.
- -But fr the sudden rain we_______(have) a wnderful time.
23. Yu cant imagine that a well-behaved gentleman_______ be s rude t a lady.
24. I believe Shackletn. _______(murn) this unexpected end t his expeditin, but he did nt waste time n regrets.
25. - -Have yu fund yur bk yet?
- -N. I'm nt sure where I_______(leave) it.
26. Anne, if yur leg _______becme mre painful, d nt hesitate t call me.
27. The leader,_______( find) the rule unfair fr wmen, suggested it _______(ban) .
28. The plice still haven't fund the lst child, but they re ding all they_______.
29. - -When can I cme fr the cmputer? I need it next Tuesday.
- -It._______be repaired by next Mnday afternn.
30. They are still discussing whether I _______ (cme) t the meeting yesterday, which I think was nt necessary at all.
31. It's hard t say what kind f persn he is, Smetimes he is very friendly; at ther times he_______ be very cld.
32. There was a lt f fun at yesterday's party, Yu_______ (cme), but why didn't yu?
33. - -the bike be repaired by him?
- -N, I'd rather he_______(have) it repaired.
34. English is a language that many yung peple arund the wrld_______nt speak perfectly but _______at least understand.
35. I want t g t the dentist's,but yu_______(nt g) with me.
36. -Dn't yu want t g t a karake bar with us?
-I wish I_______ , but I have an appintment.
37. It's imprtant fr yu t be there n time. Yu_______be there befre 8.00.
38. Their basketball team has lts f excellent players, s if there is n unexpected thing t happen,their team_______ win the champinship.
39. It_______ be difficult t discver the truth abut Iraq War if peple refused t cnsider anything that might be true.
40. - -Where will yu start yur wrk after graduatin?
- -Mmm, it's nt been decided yet. I _______cntinue my study fr a higher degree.
41.When winter cmes, _______spring be far behind?
42. - -_______ yu make S much nise?
- - Srry. I'll take care nt t.
43. The imprtance f saving gas_______(nt) be stressed t much. Autmbiles use up sme 70 billin gallns f gas a year.
44. --Why didn't yu cme t Simn's party last night?
- -I wanted t, but my mm simply_______(nt) let me ut s late at night.
45. Even if yu are an experienced teacher, yu smetimes_______make sme mistakes.
46. Since yu have made such gd preparatins, there_______(nt) be any prblem abut passing the cming exam.
47. N student _______g ut f schl after eleven clck at night withut permissin.
48. - -What's that terrible smell?
- -Oh, I frgt abut the chicken! G and lk, it _______(burn)!
49. - -I didn't g t wrk tday.
- -Yu _______(nt); it is Sunday.
50. - -I'm afraid I'll be t busy t g with yu.
- -Well, I'll keep a seat fr yu in case yu _______change yur mind.
51. -I have taken smene else's T-shirt by mistake. Is it Jane's?
-It _______ (nt) be hers. She seldm wears red.
52. - -What d yu think f stre shpping in the future?
- -Persnally, I think it will exist alng with hme shpping but _______(never replace) .
53. - The research n the new bird flu virus vaccine is challenging and demanding. Wh d yu think can d the jb?
- _______my students have a try?
54. Bus N. 66 cmes every ten minutes, there _______(be) ne cming.
55. All visitrs are waiting utside, Dctr White. _______they cme in tgether r separately?
56. Our hlidays were ruined by the weather; we _______just as well have stayed at hme!
57. The careless man received a ticket fr speeding. He _______ (nt drive) s fast.
58. - -Will yu read me a stry, Mummy?
--OK.Yu _______have ne if yu g t bed as sn as pssible.
59. Jane's pale face suggested that she _______ (be) ill, and her parents suggested that she _______(have) a medical examinatin.
60. In such dry weather the flwers will have t be watered if they _______(survive) .
61. If yu _______require any further infrmatin, please d nt hesitate t cntact us.
62. N ne _______be cmpared with Ya Ming in playing basketball.
63. If yu _______g, at least wait until the strm is ver.
64. - -Hw did yu d in the test?
- -Nt s well. I _______ (d) much better but I misread the directins fr writing.
65. - -I dn't think yu shuld use yur dictinary all the time while reading.
- -N, I _______(nt), but I can't d withut it.
66. - -Can I brrw yur car?
- -Well, if yu _______.
67. - -Make sure that the windws are shut befre yu leave.
- -OK, I _______.
68.Althugh he was badly hurt, he _______explain what had happened.
69. - - _______he have been chsen as captain f the ftball team?
- -Yes, he _______.
70. _______the present unemplyment cntinue, the sciety wuld face a mre trublesme situatin.
71. - - Jim! Did yu have a gd time at the party?
- -Yes, but I really _______ (nt) have, because I had lts f wrk t d.
- - _______Jhn lks sad. Did yu tell him abut his grandpa's passing away?
- -Yes, but I _______ (nt tell) him just befre the Cllege Entrance Examinatins.
73. - -Mm's gift? She _______nt have chsen a better ne fr me.
- -She _______be very happy t knw it.
74.We _______(nt) have bught s much fd nw that Suzie wn't be with us fr dinner.
75. - _______yu interrupt nw? Can't yu see I'm n the phne?
- Srry Sir, but it's urgent.
76. One f ur rules is that every student _______wear schl unifrm while at schl.
77. I gt clse enugh t hear them speaking Chinese, and I said “Ni Ha”just as I _______d in China.
78. I _______nt thank yu t much fr all yur help t my sn while we were away frm hme.
79.I'm ging t Eurpe n vacatin tgether with Jhn if I _______find the mney.
80. It's quite warm here; we _______(nt) turn the heating n yet.



第十章 虚拟语气
i.虚拟语气在条件句中的用法
1.虚拟语气用于if条件句中,主、从句的谓语动词的相应形式参见上表。
2.虚拟语气用于错综时间条件句中,主、从句动作发生的时间不一致,这时主、从句动词的
形式应根据句意或时间来调整,选用适当的虚拟形式。
3.如果条件句中包含有一个助动词情态动词、动词be或have,有时可以把if省略掉,但这时要把助动词、情态动词、动词be或have放在主语前。
4.表示“若不是"之意时，可以用如下两种句型:
If it weren't fr...意为“若不是(对现在情况的假设)”。
If it hadn't been fr...意为“当时若不是(对过去情况的假设)”。
5.在含蓄条件句中，可以用有些介词( with, withut, but fr)、 连词(r, therwise, but, hwever)、不定式短语、名词短语或陈述句表示虚拟的条件。
专项练习
( ) 1. Mr. Brwn_______a huse if he had enugh mney.
will buy B. wuld buy C. bught D. has bught
( )2.But fr Jhn,we_______the match last week.
wuld have lst B. wuld lse C. had lst D. lst
( ) 3. If the child hadn't been s tired, he_______asleep s quickly.
will nt have fallen B. will nt fall
C. wuld nt have fallen D. had nt fallen
( ) 4. The Smiths_______a lvely garden if they did sme wrk in it.
will have B. wuld have C. have D. have had
( ) 5. If yu learned t swim, yu_______safer in the water.
A. will feel B. felt C. wuld feel D. feel
( )6.It_______a gd match if it
A. wuld have been; hadn't rained B. will be; hadn't rained
C. wuld have been; shuldn't rain D. will have been; didn't rain
( ) 7. If Mther_______yu were cming, she'd have baked sme cakes.
has knwn B. will knw C. had knwn D. wuld knw
( ) 8. Peter_______a rich man tday if he_______mre careful in the past.
A. is; had been B. was; were
C. Will be; shuld be D. wuld be; had been
( )9.If I were t d this wrk,I_______it in my wn way.
wuld d B. d C. will d D. did
( ) 10. If the plane crashed, we_______.
wuld all kill B. will all be killed
C. wuld all have been killed D. wuld all be killed
( ) 11._______mre carefully, she wuldn't have made s many mistakes.
A. If she listened B. If she listens
C. If she has listened D. Had she listened
( ) 12. If he had taken my advice, he_______a scientist nw,
will be B. is C. has been D. wuld be
( )13. _______, we wuld have visited the museum then.
If it des nt rain B. Shuld it nt rain
C. Had it nt rained D. If it has nt rained
( ) 14. Shuld it stp raining, I_______fr a walk.
had gne B. went C. wuld have gne D. wuld g
( ) 15. he try again, he might be successful.
A. Culd B. Might C, Must D. Shuld
( ) 16. If the teacher hadn't explained it t me, I_______ the prblem s well.
A. wuld never be understd B. had never understd
C. wuld never have understd D. will never have understd
( ) 17. - -Why didn't yu buy that dictinary?
- -I _______if I had had enugh mney.
wuld B. wuld have C. have bught D. had bught
( ) 18. If Jane hadn't missed the early train, she_______n time, but she was late.
will arrive B. wuld arrive
C. wuld have arrived D. had arrived
( )19._______, he wuld be surprised,
Were Tm t see yu B. Were Tm see yu
C.If Tm is t see yu D. If Tm has seen yu
( ) 20. But fr yur help, I._______the place.
can't find B. cant have fund
C. culdn't have fund D. haven't fund
( )21. _______I knwn he needed mney s badly, I might have managed t help him.
A. Unless B. When C. If D. Had
( ) 22.______， I wuldn't d that.
A. If1 am in yur place B. Were I in yur place
C. If I have been in yur place D. If1 am t be in yur place
( ) 23._______， I shuld paint the rm white.
If1 have been yu B. If I wuld be yu
C. If I will be yu D. If I were yu
( ) 24. If yu were ffered a trip t the mn,_______yu_______it?
will; accept B. are; ging t accept
C. d; accept D. wuld; accept
( ) 25. - -Alice, why didn't yu cme yesterday?
- -I_______, but I had an unexpected visitr.
had B. wuld have C. was ging t D. B r C
ii.虚拟语气在宾语从句中的用法
1.在表示一“坚持”(insist),二 “命令”(rder, cmmand),三" 建议" (suggest, prpse, advise),四“要求"(ask, require, request, demand)等动词的宾语从句中表示虚拟，其从句谓语用“( shuld) +动词原形”。
2.注意:
1)在这些从句中,通常不省略that。
2) suggest 作“暗示,表明”讲时, insist作“坚持认为”讲时,后面的宾语从句不用虚拟语气。
专项练习
( ) 1. My uncle suggested that ______
gt B. wuld C.shuld get D. must get
( ) 2. They insisted that a meeting______as sn as pssible.
A. be held B.was held C.must be held D.hld
( )3.She ran as if she______wings n her feet.
had B. has C.has had D.is having
( ) 4. I'd rather yu______ that.
dn't B. wn't d C. hadn't dne D. haven't dne
( )5.I wish the train______s late; then I culd have gt hme befre breakfast.
A. hadn't arrived B. didn't arrive C. wuldn't arrived D. mustn't arrive
iii.虚拟语气用于同位语从句和表语从句中
1.在表示建议要求、命令、遗憾、主张、怀疑、惊奇等词的同位语从句中和表语从句中,从句
谓语用“shuld+动词原形”。
2.常见的这类名词有suggestin, rder ，advice, idea, plan, pity，prpsal等。
3.常见的这类形容词有necessary , essential, strange，natural, urgent, funny , imprtant等。
4.以动词的过去分词充当的这类形容词有suggested, requested, rdered, prpsed, decided,recmmended等。
5.在It's (high) time that... 句式中，用过去式或shuld d表示;shuld不能省略。
专项练习
( ) 1. It is essential that every child______the same educatinal pprtunities.
A. has B. culd have C. have D. had
( ) 2. The wrkers are wrking hard t meet the request that the railway______t traffic n May 1.
is pen B. will be pen c. be pen D. must pen
( ) 3. lt's necessary that a student______English well.
A. learns B. learn C. must learn D. learned
( ) 4. The teacher made a suggestin that students______mre pprtunities t practise ral English.
were given B. had been given C. shuld give D. be given
( ) 5. It's necessary that the students______ take ntes in class.
shuld B. must C. wuld D. are t
( ) 6. We are all fr Mary's suggestin that the discussin______.
is put ff B. puts ff C. t be put ff D. be put ff
( ) 7. It is the teacher's suggestin that every student______an English dictinary.
has B. have C. had D. having
( ) 8. He gave rders that the prisners ______free.
are set B. were set C. set D. be set
( ) 9. I think it's high time yu______actin.
take B. tk C. are taking D. will take
( ) 10. It is time______.
A.we g t bed B. he ges t bed c. we went t bed D.he g t bed
iv. wish 从句中的虚拟语气
1. dne表示过去。
2. 表示现在。
3. ding表示现在正在进行。
4. t/ shuld/culd/might/wuld+d表示将来。
专项练习
( )1.I wish she.______t see my parents mre ften.
A.has cme B.is cming C. will cme D. wuld cme
( ) 2. She ften wishes that she______a hrse. .
A. can rde B. can ride C.culd rde D.culd ride
( )3.Hw I wish I______a university student and______at university nw!
am; study B. were; were studying
C.was; study D. were; studied
( )4.I wish the train______already; then I culd have gt hme befre breakfast.
A. had arrived B. arrives C. wuld arrive D. arrived
( ) 5. -Is yur father a mdel wrker?
-N, but hw he wishes he______.
am B. had been C. were D. was
( )6.I wish I______ t repair the bike, fr I nly made it wrse.
had tried B. hadn't tried C. tried D. didn't try
( ) 7. His hair is very lng, His parents wish he______it cut.
will have B. has C. had D. wuld have
( ) 8. lt is t nisy. I wish yu______dwn the radi at nce,
will B. wuld turn c. are t turn D. can turn
( )9.I wish I______the meeting last week.
culd attend B. attended C. have attended D. had attended
( ) 10. -Have yu been t Beijing?
- N, but I wish I______.
A. have B. will C. d D. had
v. If nly..！和as if/ as thugh引出的从句中虚拟语气的用法
1. If dne表示过去。
2. If were表示现在。
3. If was+ ding表示现在进行。
4. If t/ culd/wuld/ might culd+动词原型，表示将来。
5. dne表示过去。
6. 表示现在。
7. ding表示现在进行。
8. as if引导的从句有时用陈述语气,表示有根据的推测。
9. t/ culd/wuld/ might/ shuld+动词原形,表示将来。
专项练习
( )1.If nly______speak French nw!
A.Culd B. can C. may D. might
( )2.If nly he______the dctr's advice!
Fllwed B. had fllwed C. fllws D. fllw
( ) 3. If nly it______nw.
is snwing B. Snws C.snwed D.were snwing
( )4.He lked as if he______himself fr years.
hasn't washed B. desn't wash C. wuldn't wash D.hadn’t washed
( ) 5. Jhn talked as if he______all the wrk himself, but in fact Harry and Lily did mst f it.
A. Did B. had dne C. has dne D. d
vi.在wuld rather/prefer/sner和but that 后引出从句时虚拟语的用法
1. wuld 表示将来。
2. wuld rather/ prefer/ dne表示过去。
3. but that表达“若不之.意引出从句时,主句要用虚拟语气: wuld have dne表示过
去; wuld d表示现在或将来;wuld be ding表示现在进行。
4.在lest, fr fear that, in case引出的从句中,用“(shuld)+动词原形”,表达“为了不……以免……”之意时,从句用“shuld+动词原型"的虚拟语气, shuld可以省略。
5.表达祝愿的句型有:
1)省略主语,动词用原形。2)May+主语+动词原形。
6. therwise 或r (否则,不然)所引导的从句中常用虚拟语气。
专项练习
( ) 1. I'd rather yu______that.
Dn’t B. wn't d C. hadn't dne D. haven't dne
( ) 2. I'd rather my sn______t university right nw.
g B. went C. will g D. ges
( )3.I_______yu much mney, but that I______yu lacked mney then.
culd lend; didn't knw B. culd have lent; dn't knw
C. culd have lent; didn't knw D. wuld have lent; dn’t knw
( ) 4. Here is a shilling in case yu______it.
shuld need B. might need C. need D. A r B
( )5. ______there never be anther wrld war!
Can B. May C. Must D. Will
( )6.______prsperus and strng!
Let yur cuntry becme B. Hpe yur cuntry becme
C. May yur cuntry becme D. Yur cuntry it becming
( ) 7. They must have liked the apartment therwise they______s lng.
wuldn't have stayed B. wuldn't stay
C. didn't stay D. wn't stay
( ) 8. He was very busy yesterday; therwise, he______ t the meeting.
wuld cme B. came C. shuld cme D. wuld have cme
( ) 9. Yesterday, Jane walked away frm the discussin; therwise, she______smething she wuld regret later.
had said B. said C. might say D. might have said
( ) 10. He hesitated fr a mment befre kicking the ball, r he______a gal.
A. had scred B. scred
C. wuld scre D. wuld have scred
综合练习
用括号里所给词的正确形式填空。
1.I wish I ______(be) a yung man again.
2. The librarian insists that Jhn______(take) n mre bks frm the library befre he returns all the bks he had brrwed.
3.I d nt have a jb.I wuld find ne but I______(have) n time.
4. He insisted that we all______(be) in his ffice at ne 'clck.
5. -Helen culdn't g t France after all,
-That's t bad, I'm sure she wuld have enjyed it if she______(g).
If her husband had nt liked the dress she______(return) it.
7. But fr the leadership f ur Party, we______ (nt succeed) .
8. If yu hadn't gne with Tm t the party last night, yu______ (meet) Jhn already.
9. The teacher suggested that each student______ (make) a plan fr the vacatin.
10. Frankly, l'd rather yu______ (nt d) anything abut it fr the time being,
11. lt's high time yu ______(start) t wrk.
12. We required that the machine parts______(make) f cast irn.
13. I wish ur teacher______(nt g) t give anther test. I haven't gt prepared yet.
14. It is required that the machine______ (il) as frequently as necessary.
15. His English teacher's recmmendatin is that he______(begin) a regular degree prgram.
16. What d yu think f his prpsal that imprvements ______(make) in the ld type f vacuum cleaner?
17. The dctr's advice is that the patient______ (nt tell) abut his real physical cnditin.
18. If we had been mre careful, we______(get) much better results.
19. Sally can't have written t me, r I ______(get) the letter by nw.
20. Srry, I am t busy nw. If I______ (have) time, I wuld certainly g fr an uting with yu.
21. If my car_______ (be) mre reliable, I wuld have driven t Lhasa instead f flying last summer.
22. We______(face) the difficulty tgether, but why didn't yu tell me?
23. Dn't handle the vase as if it ______(be) made f steel.
24. If we______( nt make ) adequate preparatins, the cnference wuldn't have been s successful.
25. We lst ur way in that small village, therwise we______ (visit) mre places f interest yesterday.
26. Grace desn't want t mve t New Yrk because she thinks if she______ (live) there, she wuldn't be able t see her parents very ften.
27. They______(arrive) at lunchtime but their flight was delayed.
28. -Where are the children? The dinner's ging t be cmpletely ruined,
- I wish they______ (nt be) always late.
29.Maybe if I ______(study) science, and nt literature then, I wuld be able t give yu mre help.
30. I______(cme) sner but I didn't knw that they were waiting fr me.
31. -I left my handbag n the train, but luckily smene gave it t a railway fficial.
-Hw unbelievable t get it back! I mean, smene______( steal) it.
32. - -Pity yu missed the lecture n nuclear pllutin.
- -I______(attend) it, but I was busy preparing fr a jb interview.
I______(nt g) thrugh that bitter perid withut yur generus help.
34. It ______(nt be) the pstman at the dr. lt's nly six 'clck.
35. We______(put) Jhn's name n the race list yesterday but fr his recent injury,
第十一章 独立主格结构
i.构成及类型
1.构成:“名词/代词+分词/形容词/副词/不定式/介词短语”=“逻辑主语+逻辑谓语/表语"。
2.作用:相当于状语从句,表示方式或伴随的状态或动作;有时也表示时间、原因、条件。
3.独立主格的结构类型:
1)名词/代词+现在分词(具有主动意义)
2)名词/代词+过去分词(具有被动意义)
3)名词/代词十形容词.
4)名词/代词+不定式
5)名词/代词+介词短语
6)名词/代词十副词
7) there being 结构
4.“with+宾语+补语”=“with+独立主格结构”,表示伴随原因或条件。
专项练习
( )1.It______heavily, the game had t be delayed.
was snwing B. snwing C. snwed D. had snwed
( )2.______, the lecture began.
A. The listeners having taken their seats B. Having taken their seats
C. Taking their seats D. The listeners t take their seats
( ) 3.______ , Tm went ut t play.
There was nthing t d B. There had nthing t d
C. As there had nthing t d D. There being nthing t d
( )4.______the leaves are beginning
Autumn cmes; t fall B. Autumn cming; t fall
C. As autumn cming; falling D. Autumn t cme; falling
( )5.______the patient can leave the hspital.
A. Better cnditins B. Cnditins better
C. Cnditins are better D. Being better cnditins
( )6.______ , the patient can leave the hspital.
A. If better cnditins B. If cnditins better
C. If cnditins are better D. Being better cnditins
( )7.______, we'd like t g uting.
Being Sunday B. Sunday OK C. Sunday is OK D. If Sunday OK
( )8.______we'd like t g uting.
A. If Sunday is OK B. Sunday being OK C. Sunday OK D. A,B and C
( ) 9. ______, yu can wait a while.
The play being still n B. The play still n
C. Being still n the play D. A and B
( ) 10.______，s yu can wait a while.
The play is still n B. The play being still n
C. As the play is still n D. The play still n
ii.独立主格结构表达的意义
1.表示伴随的动作或状态、方式或补充说明。
2.说明时间或顺序。
3.表示原因。
4.表示条件。
专项练习
( ) 1. The man rushed int the huse, his face______under his cap.
hiding B. having hidden C. hidden D. t hide
( )2.______n bus, we had t walk hme.
There being B. Being C. Having been D. There was
( )3.______n bus, we had t walk hme.
As there being B. As there was C. Being D. There was
( )4.______Sunday, the library desn’t pen.
Being B. There being C. It being D. Having been
( )5.______Sunday, the library desn’t pen.
As it being B. Being C. It is D. As it it
( )6._____,the train started.
The signal given B. Giving the signal
C. The signal being given D. The signal giving
( )7.______, the train started.
A. After having given the signal B. After the signal given
C. Giving the signal D. After the signal was given
( ) 8._____ , the text became easier fr us t learn.
A. Explaining new wrds B. New wrds explained
C. Being explained new wrds D. Having explained new wrds
( )9.______ , the text became easier fr us t learn.
A. When new wrds were explained B. Explaining new wrds
C. New wrds explaining D. Being explained new wrds
( ) 10. S many prblems______, l'm in a tight crner.
A. settled B. remained t settle
C. being settled D. remaining t be settled
( ) 11. The speech______, a lively discussin started.
A. being delivered B. was delivered
C. be delivered D. having been delivered
( ) 12. My mney______, I have t d sme part-time jb______my living.
has run ut; earning B. is running ut; t earn
C. has been run ut; earning D. running ut; t earn
( )13.______, we dn't have t g hme n ft.
A. There cmes a bus B. Cming a bus there
C. There cming a bus D. Because the bus cming
( ) 14. The meeting______ver, we all left the rm.
A. is B. t be C. being D. wuld be
( ) 15. Eurpean ftball is played in 80 cuntries, it______the mst ppular sprt in the wrld,
making B. makes C. made D. t make
( )16.______such heavy pllutin already, it may nw be t late t clean up the river.
Having suffered B. Suffering
C. T suffer D. Suffered
( ) 17. The fish______bad, the children left much f it
tasted, untuched B. tasting, untuched
C. tasting, untuching D. tasted, untuching
( )18.______frm what yu say, he ught t succeed.
A. Judged B. Judging
C. When yu judged D. Because yu judge
( ) 19. Everything______int cnsideratin, they ught t have anther chance.
t take B. taken
C. t be taken D. taking
( ) 20. Time______, I'll drp in n yu while visiting yur hmetwn.
A. permit B. permitted C. being permitted D. permitting
( ) 21. The by fllwed the nbleman here,
a swrd in hand B. a swrd in his hand
C. being a swrd in hand D. swrd in hand
( ) 22. The by fllwed the nbleman here.
with a swrd in his hand B. with a swrd in hand
C. with a swrd being in hand D. a swrd being in hand
( ) 23. He left the ffice,______
A. tears being in eyes B. tears in eyes
C. being tears in eyes D. with tears being in eyes
( ) 24. She left the ffice______
with tears being in eyes B. with tears in her eyes
C.being tears in eyes D. tears being in eyes
综合练习
用正确的独立主格形式汉译英。
1. The thief std befre the pliceman, (头低着)，admitting what he had dne.
2. (有这么多工作要做)，he can't g ut fr a walk as usual.
3. It's quite strange that the man sleeps with (嘴张着眼睛闭着).
4. (一切考虑在内的话)，the planned trip will have t be called ff.
5. (没有时间了), we have t get dwn t business right away.
6. (由于是好天气)yesterday, we went ut fr a walk.
7. The ld man std there, (背对着墙).
8. (时间允许的话)，I'll g there with yu tmrrw afternn.
9. (说了再见)，we all went hme happily.
10. (由于是个好天气)，we all went swimming in high spirits.
11. (信号发出后)，the bus started at nce.
12. She std there, (泪珠滚落下来) frm her cheeks.
13. (春天到来时)，the leaves are turning green.
14. (我的词典丢了)，I had t buy a new ne.
15. I used t sleep with (窗户开着).
16. (枪在肩上)，the hunter went int the frest.
17. (生产提高了60%)，the cmpany has had anther excellent year.
18. With (很多工作要做)，I have t sit up tnight.
19. He std there silently, (嘴唇在颤动).
20. (老师帮我们)，we will surely succeed.
21. (演讲开始后)，he left his seat s quietly as nt t disturbe the speaker.
22. (情况就是这样)，I have n ther chices.
23. (夜幕降临了), the yung peple strlled n the streets.
24. With (所有因素考虑在内), we think this prgram may be better than all the thers in achieving the gal.
25. (一项新技术被攻克后)，the prductin increased by 20 percent.
26. On the tp was the clear utline f a great wlf sitting still, (耳朵竖 着)，alert, listening.
27. Walter ffered us a lift when he was leaving the ffice, but (我们的工作没有完成)，we didn't accept the ffer.
28. There are varius kinds f metals, (每种都有自己的特性).
29. The ld man std under a big tree, (烟斗在嘴里).
30. (生产稳定 上升了)，the factry needs an ever- increasing supply f raw material.

第十二章 主谓一致
i.并列主语的主谓一致
1.主谓一致的三原则
1)语法一致的原则:主语和谓语的数在语法形式上是一致的。
2)就近原则:谓语动词与离其最近的主语在数上保持一致。
3)意义一致的原则:在意义上主语和谓语动词的单复数是保持一致的。
2.由and连接的两个单数名词作主语,谓语动词用复数形式。但当并列主语指的是同一人或物、同一事情或同一概念时，动词用单数形式。
常见的指同一人或事物的并列主语有:cart and hrse, war and peace, needle and thread,cffee and milk, bread and butter, law and rder, watch and chain, irn and steel, frk and knife, all wrk and n play, science and technlgy, truth and hnesty 等。3.冠词在并列主语中的用法
1)在“并列修饰语+单数名词"结构中,并列主语指同一人或事物时共用一个冠词,主语为单数。
2)and连接两个带冠词的名词时,主语为复数,指不同的人或事物。
4.当结构是and+ nt时,谓语与and前的主语- -致。
5.当and连接的并列主语前分别由each, every, n, many a等修饰时,谓语用单数。但是，当each放在并列主语之后作同位语时，谓语不受影响。6.由连接两个并列主语时,谓语用复数。
7.由nt (als), , , , r连接主语时,谓语的数根据就近原则而定。
8.在疑问句或主谓倒装句子中，谓语与前一个主语一致。
9.由疑问副词并列构成的主语从句,不管疑问词有多少,谓语一律用单数。
专项练习
( ) 1. Writing stries and pems what I enjy mst.
is B. are C. was D. were
( ) 2. The factry directr and chief engineer an experienced persn.
A. is B. are C. am D. was
( ) 3. Nt nly yu and I but Peter, the tp student in ur grade nt able t slve the prblem.
are B. were C. is D. am
( ) 4. Neither Jane nr her brthers a cnsent frm fr tmrrw's field trip.
A. need B. needs C. is needing D. has need
( ) 5. Tday there a number f telephne calls frm the applicatins fr the psitin.
have been B. is having C. has been D. are t have
( ) 6. Many a by t swim befre he can read.
A. learn B. are learning C. have learnt D. learns
( ) 7. Nt nly the whle natin, but the whle Eurpe, indeed the whle human sciety t alter its attitude t racial prblems.
need B. needs C. has a need D. have a need
( ) 8. It is nt the tls a scientist uses but hw he use the tls that .
make him a scientist B. made him t be a scientist
C. make him t be scientist D. makes him a scientist
( ) 9. The play writer and directr prmised t attend ur tea party.
A. have B. has C. are D. is
( ) 10. The Premier and the Freign Minister . present at the state banquet last night.
are B. was C. were D. had a
( ) 11. Every pliceman and fireman n the alert.
have been B. was C. are D. were
( ) 12. The linebacker and captain f the team the mst valuable player.
have been selected B. has been selected
C. have selected D. has selected
( )13. either he r his accuntants ging t claim fr the lss?
Are B. Were C. Is D. Des
( ) 14. There nt nly the earth but als eight ther planets in the slar system.
are B. were C. is D. was
( ) 15. Either yur teacher r yu mistaken.
are B. is C. has D. be
( )16.Nt nly I but Tm and Mary fnd f watching televisin.
am B. is C. are D. be
( ) 17. Bacn and scrambled eggs the standard American breakfast.
is B. are C.is t be D.are t be
( ) 18. When and where t build the new factry yet.
A. has nt been decided B. are t decide
C. has nt decided D. have nt decided
( )19.It is nt I but Mr.Green wh in charge f the cmpany.
is B. am C. are D. will.
( ) 20. The editr and writer t jin ur seminar.
is t be invited B. are t be invited
C. is t invite D. are t invite
ii.名词作主语
1.形式是单数,意义是复数的名词作主语时,谓语动词用复数。如: peple, cattle, plice,yuth等。
2.单复同形的集体名词作主语,如: grup, class, team, family, natin, ppulatin, public,party, crew, cmpany, unin, staff, cuple, cmmittee, crwd, firm, rchestra 等,根据意义一致原则决定谓语的数。
3. Chinese, French, mathematics, statistics, electrnics, ecnmics, plitics, linguistics,ptics等表示语言或学科的单词作主语时,谓语动词用作单数。
Chinese, Japanese, French, English 表示某国人时,根据意义一致的原则决定谓语的数。
4. wrks (工厂),means (方法) series (系列), deer( 鹿), sheep(绵羊)根据所暗示的数来决定谓语的数。
5.以-s结尾的表示由成对部分组成的物体的名词作主语时,谓语动词用复数。如trusers,glasses, scissrs, pants等。如果这些词与a pair f, a cuple f连用，动词的数与pair,cuple的数保持-致。
6. clthes, gds, wages, stairs, taxes, earnings, belngings, savings, leavings 作复数用，其后面的谓语动词要用复数。
7. news, music, equipment, luggage, infrmatin, furniture, advice, prgress等不可数名词作主语时,谓语动词用单数。
专项练习
( )1.The news a great blw t her when she heard it.
A. Is B. are c. were D. was
( )2.The crew standing in different parts f the ship at that mment.
A. is B. are C. were D. was
( ) 3. Mathematics a very imprtant subject.
A. Was B. is C. are D.were
( ) 4. The gvernment hping t make their findings knwn sn.
A. Is B. has been C. are D. be
( ) 5. The cmmittee amng themselves fr fur years.
has been arguing B. has been argued
C.have been arguing D. have been argued
( ) 6. The auxiliary plice t reprt fr duty at the headquarters
are required B. required
C. is required D. will required
( ) 7. Plitics ne f the subjects that taught in the middle schl.
A. are; are B. is; are C. shall; is D. were; are
iii.复数形式的专有名词作主语
1.表示国家城市、机构、组织的专有名词一般视为单数,作主语时谓语动词用单数。
2.某些表示群岛、山脉、瀑布的专有名词往往作复数用，作主语时谓语动词用复数。
3.以复数形式出现的表示书籍、报纸、杂志的专有名词一般视为单数,作主语时谓语动词用单数。
4.以复数形式出现的表示同姓的一家人或同名、同姓的若干人的名词作主语,谓语动词用复数。
专项练习
( ) 1. The United Natins in New Yrk City.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
( ) 2. The Philippines in the Pacific Ocean.
A. Is B. are C. was D. were
( ) 3. His “Selected Pems” first published in 1957.
A. Is B. was C. are D. were
( ) 4. My "Times" lst yesterday.
A. Is B. are C. was D. were
( ) 5. The Smiths t America n hliday.
A. Are B. have gne C. ges D. has gne
iv.“名词+短语"作主语
1.主语之后带有as well as, as much as, rather than, mre than, n less than等短语时,谓语动词的数与前面的主语保持一致。
注意:“mre than+名词”作主语,谓语动词的数与名词的数保持-致。
2.主语之后带有with, alng with, tgether with, like, but, except, besides, including, in additin t, accmpanied by, withut, plus 等介词短语时,谓语动词的数与主语的数保持一致。
专项练习
( ) 1. Mre than a dzen students in that schl abrad t study medicine last year.
sent B. were sent C. had sent D. had been sent
( ) 2. Asia as well as ther cntinents very rich in natural resurces.
A. has B. have C. are D. is
( ) 3. Prfessr Smith, alng with his assistants, n the prject day and night t meet the deadline.
wrk B. wrking C. is wrking D. are wrking
( ) 4. The teacher tgether with her students part f the week in the labratry.
wrk B. have t wrk C. wrks D. wrked
( ) 5. Mathematics as well as physics always me a lt f headaches.
has caused B. are causing C. cause D. causes
( ) 6. Nbdy but Smith and Jhn in the lab yesterday.
are B. had been C. were ; D. was
( ) 7. I turn t yu as my hpe. If yu fail me, then my hnr as well as my psitin frever lst.
A. be B. are C. is D. was
( ) 8. Janet as well as the ther yung peple wh sent abrad by the gvernment
brught up in the small twn.
A. was; was B. was; were C. were; were D. were; was
( ) 9. Mary, alng with her parents, t Paris.
A. have mved B. has mved
C. are mving D. have been mving
( ) 10. The president, tgether with his wife and daughter, t arrive n the evening flight.
will be B. is C. are ging D. are
( ) 11. Nbdy but yu what he has said.
agree t B. agrees t C. agree with D. agrees with
( ) 12. E-mail as well as telephne mre and mre ppular in daily cmmunicatin.
A. have becme B. becme C. are becming D. is becming
( ) 13. The audience, as well as the chairman, deeply mved by the speech being given by the teacher.
A. was B. were C. are D. is
v. what从句作主语
1.一般来说，按照语法-致原则,谓语动词要用单数形式。
2. what 从句中动词是并列谓语,表示复数意义,主句中的谓语动词用复数。
3. what从句作主语,有时候主句的谓语动词与从句表语一致。如果主句的表语是复数,主
句谓语动词用复数,否则用单数。
专项练习
( ) 1. In mdern sciety, what we need badly law and rder.
was B. were C. are D. is
( ) 2. What they have dne useful t the peple.
A. are cnsidered B. is cnsidered
C. have been cnsidered D. will be cnsidered
( ) 3. What the man said under the ath by several ther witnesses.
was disputed B. were disputed
C. disputed D. be disputed
( )4.What I'm in need f_ mney.
is B. are C. was D. were
( )5.What he wants t get sme bks.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
vi.定语从句中的主谓一致
1.一般情况下,关系代词作从句主语时,从句谓语动词应和先行词在数上保持一致。
2.集体名词作先行词,被视作一个整体时,关系代词用which,从句谓语用单数;被视作若干个体的组合时,用wh作关系代词，谓语动词用复数;常见的集体名词有:family,audience, class, club, gvernment, unin, staff, team, cuple, cmmittee, crwd, crew,firm, public, rchestra, cmpany等。
3.先行词是“ne f+复数名词”时,从句谓语动词用复数。
如果先行词是“the right/just the/ the nly/the very/exactly the+ ne f+复数名词”时,谓语动词用单数。
4.强调句型中,形式主语it后面总是接单数is/was;强调主语时,从句谓语动词与被强调主语部分的数保持一致。
专项练习
( ) 1. She is the nly ne f the students wh praised.
were B. was C. has D. have been
( ) 2. He is the nly ne f the brightest students wh frm New Yrk University.
is graduated B. have graduated
C. has graduated D. are graduated
( ) 3. Here is a message f imprtance t every man and wman wh
vtes B. vte C. have vted D. is vted
( ) 4. He is ne f the speakers wh ideas perfectly clear.
A. make his B. makes his C. make their D. make ne's
( )5.Each ne f us wh nw living in this city is destined t witness the remarkable Olympic Games.
is B. were C. has been D. are
( ) 6. Thse wh have applied fr the pst in the ffice.
are being interviewed B. will interviewed
C. are interviewed D. t be interviewed
( )7.It is nt I but Mr.Green wh in charge f the cmpany.
A. is B. am C. are D. will be ;
( )8.l,wh yur sincere friend, have never dubted the reasn yu were late fr my birthday party.
is; why B. am; which
C. am; why D. is; which
( ) 9. Mr. Brwn is the nly ne f ur regular custmers wh t pay in cash.
like B. has liked C. likes D. have liked
( ) 10. The museum he paid a visit at the end f the street.
A. stand B. stands C. t stand D. t stands
vi.其他情况
1.当名词中心词为表示度量、时间、距离、金钱、重量、容量等的复数名词作主语,表示一个整体概念时,谓语动词用单数,强调个体意义时谓语动词用复数。
2.当主语由“all/sme/ any/enugh/mst/percent/half+f+名词”构成时，谓语动词的数与名词的数保持一致。
当all, sme, any, enugh, mst, percent, half 单独作为主语时,根据意义一致的原则决定谓语动词的数。
3.主语由"kind/series/ srt/ type/pile f+名词”构成时,谓语动词的数与修饰名词的kind,series, srt, type ,pile等的数保持一致。
但是,当主语由“名词+f this kind(srt,type等)”构成时,谓语动词的数与名词的数保持一致。
4.“an umber f+复数名词”作主语时,谓语动词用复数。“the number f+复数名词"作主语时,谓语动词用单数。
5.“majrity/prtin/ part/percentage/the rest/分数/百分数+f+名词”作主语时,谓语动词的数与f后面的名词的数保持一致。
如果中心词是ne, 后面跟由in, ut f, f引导的介词短语,谓语动词用单数。
6.“ne and a half+复数名词”或“a/an+名词+ and a half"短语作主语,谓语动词用单数。7.“the+形容词/分词"作主语,表示一类人，谓语动词用复数;表示某个人、物或抽象概念时,谓语动词用单数。
8.表示前后照应关系的词组，如the abve, the belw, the frmer, the latter, the fllwing,the rest等,应根据其所指对象来决定谓语动词单复数的形式。
9.“a great/gd many+复数名词”作主语时,谓语动词用复数。
“many a+名词”作主语, 谓语动词用单数。
10.“a great deal f/a lt f/lts f/ plenty f/a little f/a large amunt/a large quantity f等+不可数名词"作主语时,谓语动词用单数。
“quantities f/amunts f+名词”作主语,谓语动词用复数。
11.由and连接两个或两个以上的不定式或动名词短语作主语时，谓语动词用复数。
12.表示抽象意义的不定式、分词、名词从句作主语时,谓语动词用单数。
13. ppulatin 作主语,谓语动词的数根据意义而定。
14.由there, here引导的句子，谓语动词的数应采用就近原则。
15.不可数名词前如果有表示数量的复数名词作定语,谓语动词用复数。
如“millins f tns f/hundreds f bxes f+不可数名词”。
ne, anther, little, a little, either, much 等作主语时,谓语动词用单数。
以-ne, -bdy ,-thing结尾构成的不定代词作主语,谓语动词用单数。
18. bth, few, a few, several, many, thers 等作主语,谓语动词用复数。
19.表示加减乘除的句式,谓语动词用单数。
20. savings, belngings, taxes, earnings, leavings, wages 等作主语,谓语动词用复数。
21. such 作主语,谓语动词的数根据意义一致的原则决定。
( ) 1. As a result f destrying the frests, a large f desert cvered the land.
number; has B. quantity; has
C. number; have D. quantity; have
( ) 2. Mre than a dzen students in that schl abrad t study medicines last year.
A. sent B. were sent C. had sent D. had been sent
( ) 3. With the develpment f scial ecnmy, f the citizens in that village in big flats.
clse t 80 percents; live B. nearly 80 percentage; live
C. clse t 80 percent; live D. nearly 80 percentages; live
( ) 4. This kind f glasses manufactured by experienced craftsmen cmfrtably .
is wrn B. wear C. wears D. are wrn
( ) 5. When and where t build the new factry yet.
A. has nt been decided B. are t decide
C. has nt decided D. have nt decided
( ) 6. We dn't think that anther five days necessary fr us.
is B. has been C. are D. have been
( ) 7. The number f the cars made in ur factry this year in yurs.
is mre than that B. are mre than thse
C. are larger than thse D. is larger than that
( ) 8. Several f the cups in the set in delivery.
was smashed B. was smashing
C. were smashed D. were smashing
( ) 9. Cllecting stamps as a hbby increasingly ppular during the past ten years.
A. becmes B. became
C. has becme D. have becme
( ) 10. Ten percent f the men n the field f battle calling fr medical assistance that just is nt available at the present time.
is laid B. are lying C. are laid D. are laying
( )11.On his desk a cmputer, a fax machine and a cuple f phnes.
have B. has C. is there D. is
( ) 12. The natin wants peace; nly a minrity the war t cntinue.
A. want B. wants C. wanted D. has wanted
( ) 13. There ne r tw things that I have t mentin.
is B.are C. has D. have
( ) 14. Ten minutes ideas perfectly clear.
make his B. makes his
C. make their D. make ne's
( ) 15. .The first part f the lecture was interesting but the rest
A. was dull B. were dull
C. had been dull D. were t dull(
( ) 16. Every means tried but withut much result.
has been B. have been C. are D. is
( ) 17. Half f the audience freigners.
was B. were C. had been D. has been
( ) 18. Anther three weeks necessary fr us t finish the wrk,
are B. was C. is D. will have been
( ) 19. Plenty f fruits, eggs and vegetables needed fr health,
A. are B. is C. is being D. have
( ) 20. Tday there a number f telephne calls frm the applicants fr the psitin.
A. have been B. is having C. has been D. are t have
( ) 21. T listen t fine music and t have stimulating cnversatin with gd friends, tw pleasures in life.
is B. are C. was D. has been
( ) 22. Of particular interest t visitrs a large number f bkstres that sell bks in different languages.
A. have been B. are C. is D. were
( ) 23. A large number f English learners the language with the help f sftware these days.
is learning B. has learned C. are learning D. learn
( ) 24. Thse are mine; the rest yurs.
is B. will be C. are D. belng t
( ) 25. Mre than ne guest invited t the dinner party.
were B. was C. has D. have
( ) 26. One and half apples left n the table.
has B. have C. is D. are
( ) 27. Ten percent f the wrkers in this city nw n strike.
is B. are C.is t be D. are t be
( ) 28. Three furths f the surface f the earth cvered with the sea.
are B. is C. has been D. am
( ) 29. Mst f the ppulatin in the village under-nurished in the past.
is B. are C. was D. were
( ) 30. Writing the stries and pems what I enjy mst.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
综合练习
用括号里所给词的正确形式填空。
Nt nly I but als Jane and Mary (be) tired f having ne examinatin after anther.
A library with five thusand bks (ffer) t the natin as a gift.
3. When and where t build the new factry (nt decide) yet.
4. The number f peple invited (be) fifty, but a number f them (be) absent fr different reasns.
5. Tw fifths f the land in that district (be) cvered with trees and grass.
6. Between the tw rws f trees (stand) the teaching building.
7. All that can be dne (d) .
8. They each (have) a new dictinary.
9. Seven tenths f the students here (finish) schl frm abrad.
10. Three fifths f the task assigned t us (finish) tday.
11. Only ne third f the desks in the schl (repair) .
12. Mre than 60 percent f wrld's radi prgrammes (be) in English.
13. Thse wh (nt hand) in their cmpsitins, please hand them in this afternn.
14. Jane is ne f the best students in her class wh (praise) by their teacher.
15. The whle class (listen t) the teacher attentively nw.
16. The subject f physics (have) always interested him.
17. The United States f America (be) ne f the mst develped cuntries in the wrld.
18. Her blindness t her children's faults (be) quite extrardinary.
19. In winter wet clthes (ften hang up) near a fire.
20. Nbdy (allw) t smke in the cinema.
21. The air in big cities (ften make) very dirty by factries.
22. The rest f the magazines (sell ut) within half an hur.
23. A large number f the students in ur class (be) girls.
24. The Chinese peple (be) hard-wrking and brave.
25. All (be) present and all. (be) ging n well." Our teacher said.
26. The League secretary and mnitr (be) asked t make a speech at the meeting.
27. Mary as well as her sisters (study) Chinese in China this summer.
28. He played n the sands fr tw hurs and when he returned he fund half his gds
(be) stlen.
29.I, wh (be) yur teacher, will try my best t help yu with yur study.
30. The rich (be) nt always happy.
31. Jhn has tw brthers, but either (be) ut f wrk nw.
32. The plice (search) fr the murderer everywhere when he suddenly appeared in a theatre.
33. Mre than 50 percent f the peple f that cuntry (live) in the cuntryside.
34. Apples f this kind (taste) gd.
35. Yur trusers (be) dirty, yu must have them washed.
36. Where there (be) rubbish, there are flies.
37. The Olympic Games (be) held every fur years.
38. Many a man (have) cme t help us.
39. N ne but her parents (knw) it.
40. He is the nly ne f the students wh (be) elected.
41. Alice, tgether with tw bys, (punish) fr having brken the rule.
42. The results f the examinatin (shw) that yu have all made great prgress.
43. Tw dllars (be) a gd enugh price fr this bk.
44. Many peple say 10,000 dllars (be) a lt f mney.
45. N bird and n beast (see) in the lnely island.
46. All the scientific evidence ( shw) that the increasing use f chemicals in farming(be) damaging ur health.
47. Yu are the ne wh (be) wrng that Susan is ne f thse peple wh (g)ut f their way t be helpful.
48. The basketball cach, as well as his team, (be) interviewed shrtly after the match fr，their utstanding perfrmance.
49. One third f the cuntry (be) cvered with trees and the majrity f the citizens
(be) black peple.
50. The factry used 65 percent f the raw materials, the rest f which (be) saved fr ther purpses.

第十三章 as的常见用法
i . as作连词引导时间状语从句,表示“当...的时候"
主句的动作与从句的动作交替进行。意义为“一边……一边……”
主句的动作发生在从句的动作进行的过程中。意为“...的时候”。
主、从句两个短动作同时发生。意为“就在这时”。
4.后面接名词时,表示在名词表示的时间段中。
5.主句的动作与从句的动作相伴发生,意为“随着。”
专项练习
( )1.As l the newspaper, Granny asleep.
read; was falling B. was reading; fell
C. was reading; was falling D. read; fell
( ) 2. Mther was wrried because little Alice was ill, especially father was away in France.
fr B. as C. since . D. during
( )3. I was ging ut, the telephne rang.
Since B. While C. As D. Once
( ) 4. I read the letter I walked alng the river.
A. since B. fr C. as D. when
( )5. the wealth f the cuntry increases, mre and mre waste will be prduced.
As B. When C. Since D. While
( ) 6. -l'm ging t the pst ffice.
- yu're there, can yu get me sme stamps?
As B. While C. Because D. If
( )7. the day went n, the weather gt wrse.
A. With B. Since C. While D. As
ii. as作连词引导原因状语从句时与because的区别
1.一般说来,as表示听者已经知道的原因,因而常常位于句首;而because表示听者未知的原因，因而常常位于句尾,成为信息的焦点。
2. as从句不能回答why提出的问题，而because从句可以回答why提出的问题。
3.as从句不能在强调句型中作为被强调的部分，而because从句能在强调句型中成为被强调的部分。
专项练习
( )1. I am ill, I can't g.
A. As B. Since C. Because D. Fr
( )2.She lied t us she had t in rder t get a jb,
as B. since C. because D. fr
( )3. the weather was fine, we decided t walk t the restaurant.
As B. Since C. Because D. Fr
( )4.It was he missed the bus that he came late.
as B. because C. fr D. since
( ) 5. -Why did yu change yur mind?
- I fund the plan was unreasnable.
A. AS B. Fr C. since D. Because
iii. as作连词引导方式状语从句和让步状语从句
1. as 作连词引导方式状语从句，表示“依照，按照，像,正如”。
2. as作连词引导让步状语从句,表示“尽管,虽然”。
3. as引导让步状语从句常用倒装语序,将表语、状语、谓语提前。
1)形容词/副词十as+主语+连系动词be或实意动词。
2)名词+ as+主语+连系动词be。
3)当表语是单数名词前置时,省略冠词;单数名词前有形容词修饰时,冠词不能省略。4)实意动词十as+主语+助动词/情态动词。
专项练习
( )1.He wrks engineer.
A. like B. as C. the same as D. as an
( ) 2. They are allwed t d many games, running, jumping, wrestling, swimming shting and s n.
s B. like C.as D. B r C
( ) 3. Yung he is, he knws a lt.
as B. fr C. althugh D. despite
( )4. , he still fund his way t my hme.
As was the night dark B. As the night was dark
C. Dark as was the night D. Dark as the night was
( )5. they still wrked n their experiments.
As the Curies were tired and hungry
Tired and hungry as were the Curies
C. Tired and hungry as the Curies were
D. Thugh tired and hungry the Curies were
( )6. , he never seems able t d the wrk beautifully.
A. Try as he des B. As he tries
C. Try as des he D. As he des try
( )7. , the ftball game had been decided nt t be put ff.
Heavily as did it rain B. As it rained heavily
C. Heavily as it rained D. As heavily as it rain
( )8. , I have never seen anyne wh's as capable as Jhn.
As lng as I have traveled B. Nw that I have traveled s much
C. Much as I have traveled D. As I have traveled s much
( ) 9.__ , he talks a lt abut his favrite singers after class.
A quiet student as he may be B. Quiet student as he may be
C. Be a quiet student as he may D. Quiet as he may be a student
( ) 10. Tired they were, they went t bed as sn as they came back,
A. because B. as C. since D. fr
iv. as 作连词引导比较状语从句
1.后面接名词或代词。
2.后面接从句。
3.后面接状语结构。
4.“数词十times+as"表示倍数。
专项练习
( ) 1. After the new technique was intrduced, the factry prduced tractrs in 1998 as the year befre.
as twice many B. as many twice
C. twice as many D. twice many as
( ) 2. It is generally believed that teaching is it is a science.
an art much as B. much as art as
C. as an art much as D. as much an art as
( ) 3. As many members were present agreed t the plan.
wh B. that C. which D. as
( ) 4. There were as many tickets available were asked fr.
that B. as C. which D. what
( )5.Tm is I am.
as tall as B. s tall as C. as taller as D. as high as
( ) 6. Jhn behaves as plitely .
A. as Bb is B. as Bb des C. me d D.I am
v. as用于固定短语中
1. as if/ thugh意为“好像”
1)引导方式状语从句,当与事实不符合时,从句用虚拟语气。
当主句主语与从句主语一致,且从句谓语含有be,可省去从句的主语和be。
2)引导表语从句。
2.as/s lng as意为“只要”。
3. as/s far as意为“就而论”。
4. as t意为“关于,至于”。
5. s+ 形容词/副词+as t 意为“如此……以致……”
6. such+ 形容词+名词十as t 意为“如此……以致……”
7. as sn as意为“一……就……”
8. may/might/culd as well意为“不妨 ,不如 ,最好 .。
9. as a matter f fact( 事实上), as a result(结果), pssible(尽可能), as usual(和往常一样)，s as t(以便), as well(同样), as sn as pssible(尽可能快)， ne can(某人尽可能 such as(像这样的)，as fr(.就……而言)，as fr..(从时起)。
专项练习
( )1.He lks as if he a ftball player thugh in fact he is a teacher.
are B. is C. was D. were
( )2.I will help yu I can.
s lng as B. as pssible as C. as well as D. unless
( ) 3. After supper she wuld sit dwn by the fire, smetimes fr an hur, thinking her yung and happy days.
as lng as B. as sn as
C. as much as D. as many as
( ) 4. At a rugh estimate, Nigeria is Great Britain.
three times the size as B. the size three times f
C. three times as the size f D. three times the size f
( )5.Yu can have a bed,but the children, they will have t sleep n the flr.
as if B. as fr C. as yet D. as f
( ) 6. When a pencil is partly in a glass f water, it lks as if it .
breaks B. has brken C. were brken D. had been brken
( ) 7. She lks arund as if she in search f smene.
were B. had been C. is D. had
( )8. I knw the mney is safe, I shall nt wrry abut it.
Even thugh B. Unless
C. As lng as D. While
( ) 9. We will be able t get there n time, ur car desn't break dwn n the rad.
as sn as B. as far as C. as well as D. as lng as
( ) 10. - -Why d yu drink s much cffee?
- -Well, it desn’t keep me awake at night, I see n harm in it.
A. althugh B. as lng as C. as far as D. fr
vi. as 用作关系代词
1. as与such连用,这时as= wh/ which。
2. as 与the same连用。
3.as和which都可以引导定语从句,先行词是整个主句或者主句的一部分。
1) as从句经常可以放在句首,而which从句不能放在句首。
2)当主句是否定句时,多用as引导从句。
3) as意为“正如”，而which意为“这一点”。
4)当从句谓语是see或knw时,多用as引导从句。
5)当从句是被动语态时，多用as引导从句。
专项练习
( ) 1. is knwn t everyne, the mn travels rund the earth nce every mnth.
A. It B. As C. That D. What
( ) 2. is mentined abve, the number f the students in senir high schls is increasing.
A. Which B. AS C. That D. It
( )3. is knwn t all, China will be an and pwerful cuntry in 20 r 30 years time.
That; advancing B. This; advanced
C. As; advanced D. It; advanced
( ) 4. Als rail travel is very safe and I am never sick n a train, I am n a ship!
A. when B. while C. as D. and
( )5. is reprted in the newspapers, talks between the tw cuntries are making prgress.
It B. As C. That D. What
( ) 6. Rbert is gd at English, we all knw.
because B. which C. as D. since
综合练习
用适当的词填空。
She had a tense expressin n her face, she were expecting truble.
2. A gd many prpsals were raised by the delegates, t be expected.
3. be expected, the respnse t the questin was very mixed.
4. Americans eat twice prtein as they actually need every day.
5. The trumpet player was certainly lud. But 1 wasn't bthered by his ludness by his lack f talent.
6. Studies shw that the things that cntribute mst t a sense f happiness cannt be bught, a gd family life, friendship and wrk satisfactin,
7. he wrks hard,I dn't mind when he finishes the experiment.
8. the danger frm enemy actin, peple had t cpe with a severe shrtage f fd, clthing, fuel and almst everything.
9. We hpe that the measures t cntrl prices, taken by the gvernment, will succeed.
10. She desn't speak her friend, but her written wrk is excellent.
11. The pian in the ther shp will be cheaper, but nt .
12. The great use f a schl educatin is nt s much t teach yu things teach yu the art f learning.
13. With the help f the German experts, the factry prduced twice cars in 1993 as the year befre.
14. ften the case with a new idea, much preliminary activity and ptimistic discussin prduce n cncrete prpsals.
15. Clever is, he desn't study well.
16. Hard tried, he was unable t make much prgress.
17. Tm kept quiet abut the accident nt t lse his jb.
18. a specialized branch f physics, the mechanics f fluids has made great prgress.
19. In the wrld n cuntry has exactly the same flk music f any ther.
20. knwn t all, China will be an advanced and pwerful cuntry in 20 r 30 years' time.
21. He desn’t believe the things yu d.
22. mentined abve, the number f the students in senir high schls is increasing.
23. I admire David as a pet, I dn't like him as a man.
24. The universe, we knw, might have begun with a great explsin.
25. I wnder why yu dn't d tld t and it's the third time yu have dne s.
26. I explained n the phne, yur request will be cnsidered at the next meeting.
27. That is a difficult prblem can't be wrked ut by any f us.
28. That is a difficult prblem nne f us can wrk it ut.
29. There were nt s many jbs available asked fr.
30. time went n, Einstein's thery prved right.
31. He will surely finish the jb n time he's left t d it in his wn way.
32. Scientists generally agree that the earth's climate will warm up ver the next 50 t100 years
it has warmed in the 20 ,000 years since Ice Age.
33. D cme t my party, and bring yur sister .
34. It's useless trying t argue with the srt f him. Yu might g and stand upn
the beach and argue with the sea.
35.We all passed the exam, but him, he alne failed.
36. running, learning English needs will.
37. All the gifts must be mailed immediately t be received in time fr Christmas.
38. I have traveled, I have never seen anyne t equal her in thrughness whatever may be the jb.
39. The size f the audience, we had expected, was well ver ne thusand.
40. we knw, materials expand and cntract with the increase and decrease f temperature.
语态
时态
主动式
被动式
一般式
ding
being dne
完成式
having dne
having been dne
形式
成分
主语
宾语
表语
介宾
宾补
定语
状语
不定式
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
动名词
+
+
+
+
+
分词
+
+
+
+
might/may/must,might nt/may nt, culdn't/ can't
一般式
进行式
完成式
be/d(对现在情况的推测)
be ding(对进行动作的推测)
have dne(如有具体的 过去时间，则是对过去情况的推测)
主/从句
时间
条件从句
主句
过去
had十过去分词
wuld (shuld/ culd/ might)
have+过去分词
现在
过去式(be用were)
wuld (shuld/culd/ might)
十动词原形.
将来
过去式shuld/were t+动词原形
wuld (shuld/ culd/ might)
十动词原形